(timezone-parse-date): Use < 69 not < 70 to distinguish 20YY from 19YY.
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
173 #include <stdlib.h>
174 #endif
175 #include "lisp.h"
176 #include "frame.h"
177 #include "window.h"
178 #include "termchar.h"
179 #include "dispextern.h"
180 #include "buffer.h"
181 #include "charset.h"
182 #include "indent.h"
183 #include "commands.h"
184 #include "macros.h"
185 #include "disptab.h"
186 #include "termhooks.h"
187 #include "intervals.h"
188 #include "keyboard.h"
189 #include "coding.h"
190 #include "process.h"
191 #include "region-cache.h"
192
193 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
194 #include "xterm.h"
195 #endif
196
197 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
198 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
199
200 #define INFINITY 10000000
201
202 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
203 extern void set_frame_menubar ();
204 extern int pending_menu_activation;
205 #endif
206
207 extern int interrupt_input;
208 extern int command_loop_level;
209
210 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
211
212 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
213
214 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
215 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
216 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
217
218 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
219 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
220 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
221 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
222 Lisp_Object QCeval, QCwhen;
223 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
224
225 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
226
227 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
228 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
229
230 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
231 over them. */
232
233 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
234
235 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
236
237 int tool_bar_button_margin;
238
239 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
240
241 int tool_bar_button_relief;
242
243 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
244 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
245
246 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
247
248 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
249
250 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
251
252 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
253
254 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qwidth, Qalign_to;
255 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage;
256
257 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
258
259 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
260 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qheight, Qraise;
261
262 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
265
266 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
267
268 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
269
270 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
271 images in Lisp. */
272
273 Lisp_Object Qimage;
274
275 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
276 message. */
277
278 int noninteractive_need_newline;
279
280 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
281
282 static int message_log_need_newline;
283
284 \f
285 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
286 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
287 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
288 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
289
290 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
291
292 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
293 terminating newline. */
294
295 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
296
297 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
298
299 static int this_line_vpos;
300 static int this_line_y;
301 static int this_line_pixel_height;
302
303 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
304 negative if first character is partially visible. */
305
306 static int this_line_start_x;
307
308 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
309
310 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
311
312 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
313 frame. */
314
315 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
316
317 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
318
319 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
320
321 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
322 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
323 frame-title-format. */
324
325 int multiple_frames;
326
327 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
328
329 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
330
331 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
332
333 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
334
335 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
336
337 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
338 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
339 numerical position. */
340
341 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
342
343 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
344
345 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
346
347 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
348
349 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
350
351 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
352 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
353 have changed. */
354
355 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
356
357 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook;
358
359 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
360
361 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
362
363 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
364
365 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
366
367 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
368 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
369
370 static int scroll_step;
371
372 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
373 screen, when appropriate. */
374
375 static int scroll_conservatively;
376
377 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
378 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
379 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
380 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
381
382 int scroll_margin;
383
384 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
385 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
386 this. */
387
388 int buffer_shared;
389
390 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
391
392 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
393
394 /* Nonzero means display mode line highlighted. */
395
396 int mode_line_inverse_video;
397
398 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
399
400 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
401
402 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
403 of the line that contains the prompt. */
404
405 int minibuf_prompt_width;
406 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
407
408 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
409 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
410 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
411
412 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
413
414 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
415 pushes the current message and the value of
416 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
417 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
418
419 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
420
421 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
422 message was specified. */
423
424 int message_enable_multibyte;
425
426 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
427
428 int update_mode_lines;
429
430 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
431 redisplay that finished */
432
433 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
434
435 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
436 line number. */
437
438 int line_number_displayed;
439
440 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
441
442 static int line_number_display_limit;
443
444 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
445
446 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
447
448 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
449 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
450
451 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
452
453 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
454 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
455
456 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
457
458 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
459
460 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
461
462 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
463
464 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
465
466 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
467 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
468
469 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
470
471 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
472 message. */
473
474 int message_buf_print;
475
476 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
477 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
478 specifying a number of lines. */
479
480 static Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
481
482 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
483 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
484
485 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
486 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
487 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
488
489 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
490
491 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
492
493 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
494 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
495 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
496 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
497 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
498
499 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
500
501 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
502 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
503
504 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
505 int trace_redisplay_p;
506 #endif
507
508 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
509
510 enum prop_handled
511 {
512 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
513 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
514 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
515 HANDLED_RETURN
516 };
517
518 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
519 in. */
520
521 struct props
522 {
523 /* The name of the property. */
524 Lisp_Object *name;
525
526 /* A unique index for the property. */
527 enum prop_idx idx;
528
529 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
530 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
531 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
532 };
533
534 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
535 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
536 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
537 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
538 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
539
540 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
541
542 static struct props it_props[] =
543 {
544 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
545 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
546 `display' need to know the face. */
547 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
548 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
549 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
550 {NULL, 0, NULL}
551 };
552
553 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
554 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
555
556 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
557
558 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
559
560 enum move_it_result
561 {
562 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
563 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
564
565 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
566 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
567
568 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
569 MOVE_X_REACHED,
570
571 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
572 continued. */
573 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
574
575 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
576 be displayed truncated. */
577 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
578
579 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
580 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
581 };
582
583
584 \f
585 /* Function prototypes. */
586
587 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
588 struct glyph_row *,
589 struct glyph_row *));
590 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
591 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
592 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
593 static int current_message_1 P_ ((Lisp_Object *));
594 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((int));
595 static int set_message_1 P_ ((char *s, Lisp_Object, int, int));
596 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
597 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((struct window *));
598 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
599 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
600 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
601 struct text_pos));
602 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
603 static Lisp_Object eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
604 static Lisp_Object eval_form P_ ((Lisp_Object));
605 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
606 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
607 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
608 static void append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
609 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
610 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
611 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
612 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
613 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
614 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
615 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
616 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
617 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
618 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
619 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
620 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
621 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
622 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
623 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
624 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
625 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
626 static void display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
627 static void display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id,
628 Lisp_Object));
629 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
630 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, char, int, int));
631 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
632 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
633 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
634 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
635 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
636 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
637 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
638 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
639 void set_iterator_to_next P_ ((struct it *));
640 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
641 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
642 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
643 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
644 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
645 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
646 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
647 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
648 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
649 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
650 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
651 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
652 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
653 struct display_pos *));
654 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
655 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
656 static int charset_at_position P_ ((struct text_pos));
657 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
658 int, int, int));
659 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
660 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
661 struct glyph_row *));
662 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
663 struct glyph_row *));
664 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
665 static void forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
666 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
667 Lisp_Object, int));
668 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
669 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
670 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
671 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
672 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
673 Lisp_Object));
674 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
675 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
676 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
677 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
678
679 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
680 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
681
682 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
683
684 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
685 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
686 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
687 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
688
689 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
690
691 \f
692 /***********************************************************************
693 Window display dimensions
694 ***********************************************************************/
695
696 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
697 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
698 mode line, if any. */
699
700 INLINE int
701 window_text_bottom_y (w)
702 struct window *w;
703 {
704 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
705 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
706
707 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
708 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
709 return height;
710 }
711
712
713 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
714 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
715 the left and right of the window. */
716
717 INLINE int
718 window_box_width (w, area)
719 struct window *w;
720 int area;
721 {
722 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
723 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
724
725 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
726 {
727 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
728
729 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
730 {
731 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
732 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
733 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
734 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
735 }
736 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
737 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
738 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
739 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
740 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
741 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
742 }
743
744 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
745 }
746
747
748 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
749 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
750
751 INLINE int
752 window_box_height (w)
753 struct window *w;
754 {
755 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
756 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
757
758 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
759 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
760
761 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
762 height -= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
763
764 return height;
765 }
766
767
768 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
769 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
770 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
771 W. */
772
773 INLINE int
774 window_box_left (w, area)
775 struct window *w;
776 int area;
777 {
778 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
779 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
780
781 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
782 {
783 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
784 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
785
786 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
787 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
788 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
789 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
790 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
791 }
792
793 return x;
794 }
795
796
797 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
798 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
799 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
800 W. */
801
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_right (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
806 {
807 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
808 }
809
810
811 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
812 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
813 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
814 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
815 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
816 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
817
818 INLINE void
819 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
820 struct window *w;
821 int area;
822 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
823 {
824 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
825
826 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
827 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
828 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
829 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
830 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
831 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
832 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
833 }
834
835
836 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
837 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
838 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
839 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
840 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
841 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
842 box. */
843
844 INLINE void
845 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
846 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
847 struct window *w;
848 int area;
849 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
850 {
851 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
852 bottom_right_y);
853 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
854 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
855 }
856
857
858 \f
859 /***********************************************************************
860 Utilities
861 ***********************************************************************/
862
863 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
864 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
865 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
866 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the illegal
867 character. */
868
869 static INLINE int
870 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
871 unsigned char *str;
872 int maxlen, *len;
873 {
874 int c;
875
876 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
877 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
878 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
879 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept illegal
880 characters. */
881 c = '?';
882
883 return c;
884 }
885
886
887
888 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
889 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
890
891 static struct text_pos
892 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
893 struct text_pos pos;
894 Lisp_Object string;
895 int nchars;
896 {
897 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
898
899 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
900 {
901 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
902 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
903 int len;
904
905 while (nchars--)
906 {
907 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
908 p += len, rest -= len;
909 xassert (rest >= 0);
910 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
911 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
912 }
913 }
914 else
915 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
916
917 return pos;
918 }
919
920
921 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
922 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
923
924 static INLINE struct text_pos
925 string_pos (charpos, string)
926 int charpos;
927 Lisp_Object string;
928 {
929 struct text_pos pos;
930 xassert (STRINGP (string));
931 xassert (charpos >= 0);
932 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
933 return pos;
934 }
935
936
937 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
938 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
939 means recognize multibyte characters. */
940
941 static struct text_pos
942 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
943 int charpos;
944 unsigned char *s;
945 int multibyte_p;
946 {
947 struct text_pos pos;
948
949 xassert (s != NULL);
950 xassert (charpos >= 0);
951
952 if (multibyte_p)
953 {
954 int rest = strlen (s), len;
955
956 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
957 while (charpos--)
958 {
959 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
960 s += len, rest -= len;
961 xassert (rest >= 0);
962 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
963 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
964 }
965 }
966 else
967 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
968
969 return pos;
970 }
971
972
973 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
974 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
975
976 static int
977 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
978 unsigned char *s;
979 int multibyte_p;
980 {
981 int nchars;
982
983 if (multibyte_p)
984 {
985 int rest = strlen (s), len;
986 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
987
988 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
989 {
990 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
991 rest -= len, p += len;
992 }
993 }
994 else
995 nchars = strlen (s);
996
997 return nchars;
998 }
999
1000
1001 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1002 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1003 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1004
1005 static void
1006 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1007 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1008 Lisp_Object string;
1009 {
1010 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1011 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1012
1013 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1014 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos),
1015 string);
1016 else
1017 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1018 }
1019
1020
1021 /* Return the charset of the character at position POS in
1022 current_buffer. */
1023
1024 static int
1025 charset_at_position (pos)
1026 struct text_pos pos;
1027 {
1028 int c, multibyte_p;
1029 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (BYTEPOS (pos));
1030
1031 multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1032 if (multibyte_p)
1033 {
1034 int maxlen = ((BYTEPOS (pos) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
1035 - BYTEPOS (pos));
1036 int len;
1037 c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &len);
1038 }
1039 else
1040 c = *p;
1041
1042 return CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1043 }
1044
1045
1046 \f
1047 /***********************************************************************
1048 Lisp form evaluation
1049 ***********************************************************************/
1050
1051 /* Error handler for eval_form. */
1052
1053 static Lisp_Object
1054 eval_handler (arg)
1055 Lisp_Object arg;
1056 {
1057 return Qnil;
1058 }
1059
1060
1061 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1062 wrong. */
1063
1064 static Lisp_Object
1065 eval_form (sexpr)
1066 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1067 {
1068 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
1069 Lisp_Object val;
1070 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1071 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, eval_handler);
1072 return unbind_to (count, val);
1073 }
1074
1075
1076 \f
1077 /***********************************************************************
1078 Debugging
1079 ***********************************************************************/
1080
1081 #if 0
1082
1083 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1084 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1085
1086 static void
1087 check_it (it)
1088 struct it *it;
1089 {
1090 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1091 {
1092 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1093 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1094 }
1095 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1096 {
1097 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1098 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1099 }
1100
1101 if (it->dpvec)
1102 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1103 else
1104 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1105 }
1106
1107 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1108
1109 #else /* not 0 */
1110
1111 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1112
1113 #endif /* not 0 */
1114
1115
1116 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1117
1118 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1119 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1120
1121 static void
1122 check_window_end (w)
1123 struct window *w;
1124 {
1125 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1126 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1127 {
1128 struct glyph_row *row;
1129 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1130 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1131 !row->enabled_p
1132 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1133 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1134 }
1135 }
1136
1137 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1138
1139 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1140
1141 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1142
1143 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1144
1145
1146 \f
1147 /***********************************************************************
1148 Iterator initialization
1149 ***********************************************************************/
1150
1151 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1152 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1153 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1154 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1155 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1156
1157 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1158 will produce glyphs in that row.
1159
1160 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1161 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1162 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1163 displaying the tool-bar.
1164
1165 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1166 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1167 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1168
1169 void
1170 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1171 struct it *it;
1172 struct window *w;
1173 int charpos, bytepos;
1174 struct glyph_row *row;
1175 enum face_id base_face_id;
1176 {
1177 int highlight_region_p;
1178
1179 /* Some precondition checks. */
1180 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1181 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1182
1183 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1184 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1185 that might have changed. */
1186 if (face_change_count)
1187 {
1188 face_change_count = 0;
1189 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1190 }
1191
1192 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1193 appropriate. */
1194 if (row == NULL)
1195 {
1196 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1197 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1198 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1199 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1200 }
1201
1202 /* Clear IT. */
1203 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1204 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1205 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1206 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1207 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1208
1209 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1210 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1211 it->w = w;
1212 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1213
1214 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1215 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. */
1216 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1217 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1218
1219 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1220 it->space_width = Qnil;
1221 it->font_height = Qnil;
1222
1223 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1224 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1225
1226 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1227 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1228 invisible. */
1229 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1230 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1231 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1232 ? -1 : 0));
1233 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1234 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1235
1236 /* Display table to use. */
1237 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1238
1239 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1240 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1241
1242 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1243 highlight_region_p
1244 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1245 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1246 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1247
1248 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1249 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1250 -1 to indicate no region. */
1251 if (highlight_region_p
1252 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1253 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1254 highlight_nonselected_windows
1255 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1256 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1257 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1258 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1259 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1260 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1261 {
1262 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1263 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1264 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1265 }
1266 else
1267 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1268
1269 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1270 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1271 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1272 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1273 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1274 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1275 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1276 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1277
1278 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1279 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1280 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1281 it->tab_width = 8;
1282
1283 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1284 it->truncate_lines_p
1285 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1286 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1287 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1288 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1289 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1290
1291 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1292 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1293 frames. */
1294 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1295 {
1296 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1297 {
1298 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1299 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1300 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1301 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1302 }
1303 else
1304 {
1305 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1306 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1307 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1308 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1309 }
1310
1311 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1312 above has changed them. */
1313 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1314 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1315 }
1316
1317 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1318 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1319 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1320 it->glyph_row = row;
1321 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1322
1323 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1324 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1325 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1326 start of this total display area. */
1327 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1328 {
1329 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1330 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1331 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1332 }
1333 else
1334 {
1335 it->first_visible_x
1336 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1337 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1338 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1339
1340 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1341 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1342 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1343 for window-based redisplay. */
1344 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1345 {
1346 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1347 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1348 else
1349 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1350 }
1351
1352 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1353 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1354 }
1355
1356 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1357 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1358 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1359 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1360
1361 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1362
1363 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1364 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1365 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1366 {
1367 struct face *face;
1368
1369 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1370
1371 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1372 with a left box line. */
1373 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1374 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1375 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1376 }
1377
1378 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1379 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1380 if (charpos > 0)
1381 {
1382 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1383 it->face_id = -1;
1384 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1385
1386 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1387 if (bytepos <= 0)
1388 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1389 else
1390 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1391
1392 /* Compute faces etc. */
1393 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1394 }
1395
1396 CHECK_IT (it);
1397 }
1398
1399
1400 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1401
1402 void
1403 start_display (it, w, pos)
1404 struct it *it;
1405 struct window *w;
1406 struct text_pos pos;
1407 {
1408 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1409 struct glyph_row *row;
1410 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1411 int first_y;
1412
1413 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1414 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1415 first_y = it->current_y;
1416
1417 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1418 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1419 account. */
1420 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1421 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1422 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1423 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1424
1425 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1426 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1427 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1428 {
1429 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1430
1431 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1432 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1433 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1434 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1435 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1436 if (!it->truncate_lines_p && it->current_x > 0)
1437 {
1438 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1439 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1440 {
1441 set_iterator_to_next (it);
1442 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1443 }
1444 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1445 }
1446
1447 it->current_y = first_y;
1448 it->vpos = 0;
1449 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1450 }
1451
1452 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1453 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1454 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1455
1456 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1457 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1458 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1459 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1460 #endif /* 0 */
1461 }
1462
1463
1464 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1465 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1466 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1467
1468 static void
1469 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1470 struct it *it;
1471 struct window *w;
1472 struct display_pos *pos;
1473 {
1474 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1475 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1476 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1477 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1478 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1479 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1480 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1481 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1482 after-string. */
1483 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1484 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1485
1486 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1487 the right overlay string. */
1488 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1489 {
1490 int relative_index;
1491
1492 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1493 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1494 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1495 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1496 {
1497 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1498 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1499 while (n--)
1500 {
1501 load_overlay_strings (it);
1502 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1503 }
1504 }
1505
1506 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1507 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1508 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1509 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1510 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1511 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1512 }
1513 else if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1514 {
1515 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1516 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1517 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1518 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1519 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1520 }
1521
1522 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1523 character translations. */
1524 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1525 {
1526 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1527 get_next_display_element (it);
1528 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1529 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1530 }
1531
1532 CHECK_IT (it);
1533 }
1534
1535
1536 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1537 starting at ROW->start. */
1538
1539 static void
1540 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1541 struct it *it;
1542 struct window *w;
1543 struct glyph_row *row;
1544 {
1545 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1546 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1547 CHECK_IT (it);
1548 }
1549
1550
1551 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1552 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1553
1554 static void
1555 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1556 struct it *it;
1557 struct window *w;
1558 struct glyph_row *row;
1559 {
1560 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1561
1562 if (row->continued_p)
1563 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1564 + row->pixel_width);
1565 CHECK_IT (it);
1566 }
1567
1568
1569
1570 \f
1571 /***********************************************************************
1572 Text properties
1573 ***********************************************************************/
1574
1575 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1576 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1577 to stop. */
1578
1579 static void
1580 handle_stop (it)
1581 struct it *it;
1582 {
1583 enum prop_handled handled;
1584 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1585 struct props *p;
1586
1587 it->dpvec = NULL;
1588 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1589
1590 do
1591 {
1592 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1593
1594 /* Call text property handlers. */
1595 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1596 {
1597 handled = p->handler (it);
1598
1599 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1600 break;
1601 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1602 return;
1603 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1604 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1605 }
1606
1607 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1608 {
1609 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1610 characters from a display vector. */
1611 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1612 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1613
1614 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1615 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1616 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1617
1618 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1619 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1620 compute_stop_pos (it);
1621 }
1622 }
1623 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1624 }
1625
1626
1627 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1628 information for IT's current position. */
1629
1630 static void
1631 compute_stop_pos (it)
1632 struct it *it;
1633 {
1634 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1635 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1636
1637 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1638 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1639
1640 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1641 {
1642 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1643 properties. */
1644 object = it->string;
1645 limit = Qnil;
1646 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1647 }
1648 else
1649 {
1650 int charpos;
1651
1652 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1653 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1654 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1655 follows. */
1656 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1657 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1658 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1659
1660 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1661 start or end because the face might change there. */
1662 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1663 {
1664 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1665 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1666 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1667 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1668 }
1669
1670 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1671 property changes. */
1672 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1673 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1674 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1675
1676 }
1677
1678 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1679 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1680 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1681 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1682 {
1683 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1684 struct props *p;
1685
1686 /* Get properties here. */
1687 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1688 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1689
1690 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1691 properties. */
1692 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1693 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1694 && (NILP (limit)
1695 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1696 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1697 {
1698 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1699 {
1700 Lisp_Object new_value;
1701
1702 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1703 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1704 break;
1705 }
1706
1707 if (p->handler)
1708 break;
1709 }
1710
1711 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1712 {
1713 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1714 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1715 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1716 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1717 else
1718 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1719 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1720 }
1721 }
1722
1723 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1724 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1725 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1726 }
1727
1728
1729 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1730 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1731 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
1732 xmalloc. */
1733
1734 static int
1735 next_overlay_change (pos)
1736 int pos;
1737 {
1738 int noverlays;
1739 int endpos;
1740 Lisp_Object *overlays;
1741 int len;
1742 int i;
1743
1744 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
1745 len = 10;
1746 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1747 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1748 if (noverlays > len)
1749 {
1750 len = noverlays;
1751 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1752 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1753 }
1754
1755 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
1756 use its ending point instead. */
1757 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
1758 {
1759 Lisp_Object oend;
1760 int oendpos;
1761
1762 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
1763 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
1764 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
1765 }
1766
1767 return endpos;
1768 }
1769
1770
1771 \f
1772 /***********************************************************************
1773 Fontification
1774 ***********************************************************************/
1775
1776 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
1777 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
1778 regions of text. */
1779
1780 static enum prop_handled
1781 handle_fontified_prop (it)
1782 struct it *it;
1783 {
1784 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
1785 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1786
1787 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
1788 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
1789 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
1790 Qfontification_functions. */
1791 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
1792 && it->s == NULL
1793 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
1794 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
1795 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
1796 NILP (prop)))
1797 {
1798 Lisp_Object args[2];
1799
1800 /* Run the hook functions. */
1801 args[0] = Qfontification_functions;
1802 args[1] = pos;
1803 Frun_hook_with_args (make_number (2), args);
1804
1805 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
1806 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
1807 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
1808 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
1809 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
1810 }
1811
1812 return handled;
1813 }
1814
1815
1816 \f
1817 /***********************************************************************
1818 Faces
1819 ***********************************************************************/
1820
1821 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
1822 Called from handle_stop. */
1823
1824 static enum prop_handled
1825 handle_face_prop (it)
1826 struct it *it;
1827 {
1828 int new_face_id, next_stop;
1829
1830 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
1831 {
1832 new_face_id
1833 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1834 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
1835 it->region_beg_charpos,
1836 it->region_end_charpos,
1837 &next_stop,
1838 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1839 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
1840 0);
1841
1842 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
1843 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
1844 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
1845 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
1846 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
1847 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
1848 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1849 {
1850 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1851
1852 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
1853 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
1854 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
1855 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
1856 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
1857 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
1858 it->start_of_box_run_p
1859 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1860 && (it->face_id >= 0
1861 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
1862 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
1863 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1864 }
1865 }
1866 else
1867 {
1868 new_face_id
1869 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1870 it->string,
1871 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
1872 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1873 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1874 : 0),
1875 it->region_beg_charpos,
1876 it->region_end_charpos,
1877 &next_stop,
1878 it->base_face_id);
1879
1880 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
1881 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
1882 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
1883 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
1884 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1885 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
1886 #endif
1887
1888 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
1889 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
1890 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
1891 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
1892 box, all characters up to that position will have a
1893 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
1894 is really the end. */
1895 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1896 {
1897 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1898 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1899
1900 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
1901 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
1902 shadow on the left side. */
1903 it->start_of_box_run_p
1904 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
1905 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1906 }
1907 }
1908
1909 it->face_id = new_face_id;
1910 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1911 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1912 }
1913
1914
1915 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
1916 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
1917 position. Value is the id of the face. */
1918
1919 static int
1920 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
1921 struct it *it;
1922 int before_p;
1923 {
1924 int face_id, limit;
1925 int next_check_charpos;
1926 struct text_pos pos;
1927
1928 xassert (it->s == NULL);
1929
1930 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1931 {
1932 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
1933 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
1934 string start. */
1935 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
1936 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
1937 return it->face_id;
1938
1939 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
1940 if (before_p)
1941 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
1942 else
1943 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string);
1944
1945 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
1946 face_id
1947 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1948 it->string,
1949 CHARPOS (pos),
1950 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1951 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1952 : 0),
1953 it->region_beg_charpos,
1954 it->region_end_charpos,
1955 &next_check_charpos,
1956 it->base_face_id);
1957
1958 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1959 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1960 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
1961 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
1962 {
1963 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1964 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1965 int c, len, charset;
1966
1967 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1968 charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1969 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1970 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
1971 }
1972 }
1973 else
1974 {
1975 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
1976 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
1977 return it->face_id;
1978
1979 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
1980 pos = it->current.pos;
1981
1982 if (before_p)
1983 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos);
1984 else
1985 INC_TEXT_POS (pos);
1986
1987 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
1988 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1989 CHARPOS (pos),
1990 it->region_beg_charpos,
1991 it->region_end_charpos,
1992 &next_check_charpos,
1993 limit, 0);
1994
1995 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1996 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1997 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
1998 if (it->multibyte_p)
1999 {
2000 int charset = charset_at_position (pos);
2001 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
2002 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
2003 }
2004 }
2005
2006 return face_id;
2007 }
2008
2009
2010 \f
2011 /***********************************************************************
2012 Invisible text
2013 ***********************************************************************/
2014
2015 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2016 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2017
2018 static enum prop_handled
2019 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2020 struct it *it;
2021 {
2022 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2023
2024 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2025 {
2026 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2027 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2028
2029 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2030 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2031 property. */
2032 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2033 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2034
2035 if (!NILP (prop))
2036 {
2037 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2038
2039 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2040 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2041 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2042 all the rest of IT->string. */
2043 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2044 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2045 it->string, limit);
2046
2047 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2048 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2049 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2050 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2051 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2052 {
2053 struct text_pos old;
2054 old = it->current.string_pos;
2055 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2056 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2057 }
2058 else
2059 {
2060 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2061 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2062 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2063 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2064 {
2065 next_overlay_string (it);
2066 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2067 finished processing them. */
2068 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2069 }
2070 else
2071 {
2072 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2073 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2074 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2075 }
2076 }
2077 }
2078 }
2079 else
2080 {
2081 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2082 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2083
2084 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2085 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2086 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2087
2088 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2089 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
2090 {
2091 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2092 invisible text. */
2093 int display_ellipsis_p
2094 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2095
2096 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2097
2098 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2099 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2100 do
2101 {
2102 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2103 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2104 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2105 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2106 invisible property. */
2107 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2108 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2109
2110 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2111 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2112 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2113 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2114 visible_p = 1;
2115 else
2116 {
2117 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2118 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2119 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2120 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2121 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2122 newpos is visible. */
2123 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2124 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2125 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2126 }
2127
2128 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2129 skip starting with next_stop. */
2130 if (!visible_p)
2131 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2132 }
2133 while (!visible_p);
2134
2135 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2136 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2137 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2138
2139 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2140 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2141 {
2142 if (it->dp
2143 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2144 {
2145 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2146 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2147 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2148 }
2149 else
2150 {
2151 /* Default `...'. */
2152 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2153 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2154 }
2155
2156 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2157 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2158 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2159 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2160
2161 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2162 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2163 }
2164 }
2165 }
2166
2167 return handled;
2168 }
2169
2170
2171 \f
2172 /***********************************************************************
2173 'display' property
2174 ***********************************************************************/
2175
2176 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2177 Called from handle_stop. */
2178
2179 static enum prop_handled
2180 handle_display_prop (it)
2181 struct it *it;
2182 {
2183 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2184 struct text_pos *position;
2185 int space_or_image_found_p;
2186
2187 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2188 {
2189 object = it->string;
2190 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2191 }
2192 else
2193 {
2194 object = Qnil;
2195 position = &it->current.pos;
2196 }
2197
2198 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2199 it->font_height = Qnil;
2200 it->space_width = Qnil;
2201 it->voffset = 0;
2202
2203 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2204 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2205 `display' property etc. */
2206 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2207 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2208
2209 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2210 Qdisplay, object);
2211 if (NILP (prop))
2212 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2213
2214 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2215 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2216 {
2217 while (CONSP (prop))
2218 {
2219 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2220 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2221 prop = XCDR (prop);
2222 }
2223 }
2224 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2225 {
2226 int i;
2227 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2228 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2229 object, position))
2230 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2231 }
2232 else
2233 {
2234 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2235 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2236 }
2237
2238 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2239 }
2240
2241
2242 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property stating
2243 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2244
2245 static struct text_pos
2246 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2247 struct it *it;
2248 Lisp_Object object;
2249 struct text_pos start_pos;
2250 {
2251 Lisp_Object end;
2252 struct text_pos end_pos;
2253
2254 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2255 we have to find the end of the property. */
2256 end = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start_pos.charpos),
2257 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2258 if (NILP (end))
2259 {
2260 /* A nil value of `end' means there are no changes of the
2261 property to the end of the buffer or string. */
2262 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2263 end_pos.charpos = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2264 else
2265 end_pos.charpos = it->end_charpos;
2266 }
2267 else
2268 end_pos.charpos = XFASTINT (end);
2269
2270 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2271 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2272 else
2273 end_pos.bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (end_pos.charpos);
2274
2275 return end_pos;
2276 }
2277
2278
2279 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2280 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2281 is the position at which it was found.
2282
2283 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2284 end position of the `display' property.
2285
2286 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2287
2288 static int
2289 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2290 struct it *it;
2291 Lisp_Object prop;
2292 Lisp_Object object;
2293 struct text_pos *position;
2294 {
2295 Lisp_Object value;
2296 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2297
2298 Lisp_Object form;
2299
2300 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(:when FORM VALUE)', FORM is
2301 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2302 form = Qt;
2303 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), QCwhen))
2304 {
2305 prop = XCDR (prop);
2306 if (!CONSP (prop))
2307 return 0;
2308 form = XCAR (prop);
2309 prop = XCDR (prop);
2310 if (!CONSP (prop))
2311 return 0;
2312 prop = XCAR (prop);
2313 }
2314
2315 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2316 {
2317 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2318 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2319
2320 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2321 GCPRO1 (form);
2322
2323 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2324 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2325 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2326 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2327 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2328 form = eval_form (form);
2329 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2330 UNGCPRO;
2331 }
2332
2333 if (NILP (form))
2334 return 0;
2335
2336 if (CONSP (prop)
2337 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2338 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2339 {
2340 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2341 return 0;
2342
2343 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2344 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2345 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2346 {
2347 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2348 int new_height = -1;
2349
2350 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2351 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2352 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2353 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2354 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2355 {
2356 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2357 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2358 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2359 steps = - steps;
2360 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2361 }
2362 else if (SYMBOLP (it->font_height))
2363 {
2364 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2365 Value is the new height. */
2366 Lisp_Object form, height;
2367 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2368
2369 height = face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX];
2370 form = Fcons (it->font_height, Fcons (height, Qnil));
2371 GCPRO1 (form);
2372 height = eval_form (form);
2373 if (NUMBERP (height))
2374 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2375 UNGCPRO;
2376 }
2377 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2378 {
2379 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2380 struct face *face;
2381
2382 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2383 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2384 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2385 }
2386 else
2387 {
2388 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2389 current specified height to get the new height. */
2390 Lisp_Object value;
2391 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
2392
2393 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2394 value = eval_form (it->font_height);
2395 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2396
2397 if (NUMBERP (value))
2398 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2399 }
2400
2401 if (new_height > 0)
2402 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2403 }
2404 }
2405 else if (CONSP (prop)
2406 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2407 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2408 {
2409 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2410 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2411 return 0;
2412
2413 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2414 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2415 it->space_width = value;
2416 }
2417 else if (CONSP (prop)
2418 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2419 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2420 {
2421 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2422 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2423 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2424 return 0;
2425
2426 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2427 if (NUMBERP (value))
2428 {
2429 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2430 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2431 * (face->font->ascent + face->font->descent));
2432 }
2433 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2434 }
2435 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2436 {
2437 /* `(left-margin VALUE)' or `(right-margin VALUE)
2438 or `(nil VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2439 Lisp_Object location, value;
2440 struct text_pos start_pos;
2441 int valid_p;
2442
2443 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2444 we have to find the end of the property. */
2445 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2446 start_pos = *position;
2447 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2448
2449 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2450 text properties change there. */
2451 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2452
2453 if (CONSP (prop)
2454 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace)
2455 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage))
2456 {
2457 location = XCAR (prop);
2458 value = XCDR (prop);
2459 }
2460 else
2461 {
2462 location = Qnil;
2463 value = prop;
2464 }
2465
2466 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2467 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2468 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2469 else
2470 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2471 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2472 || valid_image_p (value));
2473 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2474 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2475 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2476
2477 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2478 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2479 || NILP (location))
2480 && valid_p)
2481 {
2482 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2483 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2484 push_it (it);
2485
2486 if (NILP (location))
2487 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2488 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2489 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2490 else
2491 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2492
2493 if (STRINGP (value))
2494 {
2495 it->string = value;
2496 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2497 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2498 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2499 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2500 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2501 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2502 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2503 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2504 }
2505 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2506 {
2507 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2508 it->object = value;
2509 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2510 }
2511 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2512 else
2513 {
2514 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2515 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2516 it->position = start_pos;
2517 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2518 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2519
2520 /* Say that we don't have consumed the characters with
2521 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2522 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2523 *position = start_pos;
2524 }
2525 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2526 }
2527 }
2528
2529 return space_or_image_found_p;
2530 }
2531
2532
2533 \f
2534 /***********************************************************************
2535 Overlay strings
2536 ***********************************************************************/
2537
2538 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
2539 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
2540
2541 struct overlay_entry
2542 {
2543 Lisp_Object string;
2544 int priority;
2545 int after_string_p;
2546 };
2547
2548
2549 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
2550 Called from handle_stop. */
2551
2552 static enum prop_handled
2553 handle_overlay_change (it)
2554 struct it *it;
2555 {
2556 /* Overlays are handled in current_buffer only. */
2557 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2558 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2559 else
2560 return (get_overlay_strings (it)
2561 ? HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
2562 : HANDLED_NORMALLY);
2563 }
2564
2565
2566 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
2567 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
2568 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
2569 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
2570 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
2571 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
2572
2573 static void
2574 next_overlay_string (it)
2575 struct it *it;
2576 {
2577 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
2578 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
2579 {
2580 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
2581 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
2582 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
2583 pop_it (it);
2584 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2585 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
2586 it->string = Qnil;
2587 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2588 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
2589 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
2590 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2591 }
2592 else
2593 {
2594 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
2595 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
2596 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
2597 it. */
2598 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
2599
2600 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
2601 load_overlay_strings (it);
2602
2603 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
2604 string. */
2605 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
2606 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2607 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
2608 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2609 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2610 }
2611
2612 CHECK_IT (it);
2613 }
2614
2615
2616 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
2617 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
2618 strings for the same position are sorted so that
2619
2620 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings.
2621
2622 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
2623 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
2624
2625 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
2626 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
2627
2628 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
2629
2630
2631 static int
2632 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
2633 void *e1, *e2;
2634 {
2635 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
2636 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
2637 int result;
2638
2639 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
2640 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings. */
2641 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
2642 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
2643 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
2644 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
2645 else
2646 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
2647 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
2648
2649 return result;
2650 }
2651
2652
2653 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
2654 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
2655 overlay strings found.
2656
2657 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
2658 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
2659 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
2660 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
2661 function.
2662
2663 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
2664 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
2665 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
2666 compare_overlay_entries. */
2667
2668 static void
2669 load_overlay_strings (it)
2670 struct it *it;
2671 {
2672 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
2673 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str;
2674 int start, end;
2675 int size = 20;
2676 int n = 0, i, j;
2677 struct overlay_entry *entries
2678 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
2679
2680 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
2681 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
2682 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
2683 OVERLAY. */
2684 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
2685 do \
2686 { \
2687 Lisp_Object priority; \
2688 \
2689 if (n == size) \
2690 { \
2691 int new_size = 2 * size; \
2692 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
2693 entries = \
2694 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
2695 * sizeof *entries); \
2696 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
2697 size = new_size; \
2698 } \
2699 \
2700 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
2701 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
2702 entries[n].priority \
2703 = INTEGERP (priority) ? XFASTINT (priority) : 0; \
2704 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
2705 ++n; \
2706 } \
2707 while (0)
2708
2709 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
2710 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before;
2711 CONSP (ov);
2712 ov = XCDR (ov))
2713 {
2714 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2715 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2716 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2717 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2718
2719 if (end < IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2720 break;
2721
2722 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2723 position. */
2724 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2725 continue;
2726
2727 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2728 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2729 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2730 continue;
2731
2732 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2733 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2734 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2735 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2736 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2737
2738 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2739 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2740 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2741 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2742 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2743 }
2744
2745 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
2746 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after;
2747 CONSP (ov);
2748 ov = XCDR (ov))
2749 {
2750 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2751 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2752 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2753 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2754
2755 if (start > IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2756 break;
2757
2758 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2759 position. */
2760 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2761 continue;
2762
2763 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2764 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2765 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2766 continue;
2767
2768 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2769 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2770 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2771 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2772 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2773
2774 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2775 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2776 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2777 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2778 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2779 }
2780
2781 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
2782
2783 /* Sort entries. */
2784 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
2785
2786 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
2787 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
2788
2789 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
2790 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
2791 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
2792 i = 0;
2793 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
2794 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
2795 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
2796
2797 CHECK_IT (it);
2798 }
2799
2800
2801 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
2802 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
2803 found. */
2804
2805 static int
2806 get_overlay_strings (it)
2807 struct it *it;
2808 {
2809 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
2810 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
2811 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
2812 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
2813 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
2814 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
2815 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
2816 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
2817 load_overlay_strings (it);
2818
2819 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
2820 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
2821 from current_buffer. */
2822 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
2823 {
2824 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
2825 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
2826 strings. */
2827 compute_stop_pos (it);
2828 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2829
2830 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
2831 strings have been processed. */
2832 xassert (it->sp == 0);
2833 push_it (it);
2834
2835 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
2836 string. */
2837 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2838 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2839 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
2840 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2841 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2842 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2843 }
2844 else
2845 {
2846 it->string = Qnil;
2847 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2848 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2849 }
2850
2851 CHECK_IT (it);
2852
2853 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
2854 return STRINGP (it->string);
2855 }
2856
2857
2858 \f
2859 /***********************************************************************
2860 Saving and restoring state
2861 ***********************************************************************/
2862
2863 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
2864 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
2865 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
2866 processed. */
2867
2868 static void
2869 push_it (it)
2870 struct it *it;
2871 {
2872 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2873
2874 xassert (it->sp < 2);
2875 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2876
2877 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
2878 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2879 p->face_id = it->face_id;
2880 p->string = it->string;
2881 p->pos = it->current;
2882 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
2883 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
2884 p->area = it->area;
2885 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
2886 p->space_width = it->space_width;
2887 p->font_height = it->font_height;
2888 p->voffset = it->voffset;
2889 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
2890 ++it->sp;
2891 }
2892
2893
2894 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
2895 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
2896 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
2897 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
2898 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
2899
2900 static void
2901 pop_it (it)
2902 struct it *it;
2903 {
2904 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2905
2906 xassert (it->sp > 0);
2907 --it->sp;
2908 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2909 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
2910 it->face_id = p->face_id;
2911 it->string = p->string;
2912 it->current = p->pos;
2913 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
2914 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
2915 it->area = p->area;
2916 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
2917 it->space_width = p->space_width;
2918 it->font_height = p->font_height;
2919 it->voffset = p->voffset;
2920 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
2921 }
2922
2923
2924 \f
2925 /***********************************************************************
2926 Moving over lines
2927 ***********************************************************************/
2928
2929 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
2930
2931 static void
2932 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
2933 struct it *it;
2934 {
2935 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
2936 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2937 }
2938
2939
2940 /* Set IT's current position to the next line start. */
2941
2942 static void
2943 forward_to_next_line_start (it)
2944 struct it *it;
2945 {
2946 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it), 1);
2947 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2948 }
2949
2950
2951 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
2952 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
2953 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
2954 IT->hpos. */
2955
2956 static void
2957 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
2958 struct it *it;
2959 {
2960 int visible_p = 0;
2961
2962 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
2963 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
2964 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
2965
2966 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
2967 or text properties. */
2968 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
2969 && !visible_p)
2970 {
2971 visible_p = 1;
2972
2973 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
2974 are invisible. */
2975 if (it->selective > 0
2976 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
2977 it->selective))
2978 visible_p = 0;
2979 #ifdef USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES
2980 else
2981 {
2982 Lisp_Object prop;
2983
2984 prop = Fget_char_property (IT_CHARPOS (*it), Qinvisible, it->window);
2985 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
2986 visible_p = 0;
2987 }
2988 #endif /* USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
2989
2990 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
2991 if (!visible_p)
2992 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
2993 }
2994
2995 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
2996 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
2997 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
2998 CHECK_IT (it);
2999 }
3000
3001
3002 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3003 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3004 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3005 face information etc. */
3006
3007 static void
3008 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3009 struct it *it;
3010 {
3011 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3012 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3013 CHECK_IT (it);
3014 }
3015
3016
3017 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3018 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3019 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3020 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3021 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3022 is invisible because of text properties. */
3023
3024 static void
3025 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3026 struct it *it;
3027 int on_newline_p;
3028 {
3029 /* Restore the buffer position when currently not delivering display
3030 elements from the current buffer. This is the case, for example,
3031 when called at the end of a truncated overlay string. */
3032 while (it->sp)
3033 pop_it (it);
3034 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3035
3036 /* Otherwise, scan_buffer would not work. */
3037 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
3038 {
3039 /* If on a newline, advance past it. Otherwise, find the next
3040 newline which automatically gives us the position following
3041 the newline. */
3042 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)) == '\n')
3043 {
3044 ++IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3045 ++IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3046 }
3047 else
3048 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3049
3050 /* We must either have reached the end of the buffer or end up
3051 after a newline. */
3052 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
3053 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3054
3055 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3056 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3057 if (it->selective > 0)
3058 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3059 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3060 it->selective))
3061 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3062
3063 /* Position on the newline if we should. */
3064 if (on_newline_p && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3065 {
3066 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3067 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3068 }
3069
3070 /* Set the iterator there. The 0 as the last parameter of
3071 reseat means don't force a text property lookup. The lookup
3072 is then only done if we've skipped past the iterator's
3073 check_charpos'es. This optimization is important because
3074 text property lookups tend to be expensive. */
3075 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3076 }
3077
3078 CHECK_IT (it);
3079 }
3080
3081
3082 \f
3083 /***********************************************************************
3084 Changing an iterator's position
3085 ***********************************************************************/
3086
3087 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3088 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3089 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3090 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3091
3092 static void
3093 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3094 struct it *it;
3095 struct text_pos pos;
3096 int force_p;
3097 {
3098 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3099
3100 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3101
3102 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3103 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3104 if (force_p
3105 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3106 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3107 handle_stop (it);
3108
3109 CHECK_IT (it);
3110 }
3111
3112
3113 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3114 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3115
3116 static void
3117 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3118 struct it *it;
3119 struct text_pos pos;
3120 int set_stop_p;
3121 {
3122 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3123 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3124
3125 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3126 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3127
3128 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3129 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3130 it->dpvec = NULL;
3131 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3132 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3133 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3134 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3135 it->string = Qnil;
3136 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3137 it->sp = 0;
3138
3139 if (set_stop_p)
3140 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3141 }
3142
3143
3144 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3145 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3146 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3147
3148 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3149 characters from the string.
3150
3151 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3152 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3153 field width.
3154
3155 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3156 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3157 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3158
3159 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3160 calling this function. */
3161
3162 static void
3163 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3164 struct it *it;
3165 unsigned char *s;
3166 Lisp_Object string;
3167 int charpos;
3168 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3169 {
3170 /* No region in strings. */
3171 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3172
3173 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3174 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3175
3176 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3177 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3178 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3179 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3180 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3181 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3182
3183 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3184 if (multibyte >= 0)
3185 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3186
3187 if (s == NULL)
3188 {
3189 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3190 it->string = string;
3191 it->s = NULL;
3192 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3193 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3194 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3195 }
3196 else
3197 {
3198 it->s = s;
3199 it->string = Qnil;
3200
3201 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3202 for displaying C strings. */
3203 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3204 if (it->multibyte_p)
3205 {
3206 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3207 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3208 }
3209 else
3210 {
3211 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3212 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3213 }
3214
3215 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3216 }
3217
3218 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3219 from the string. */
3220 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3221 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3222
3223 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3224 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3225 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3226 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3227 if (field_width < 0)
3228 field_width = INFINITY;
3229 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3230 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3231
3232 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3233 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3234 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3235
3236 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3237 CHECK_IT (it);
3238 }
3239
3240
3241 \f
3242 /***********************************************************************
3243 Iteration
3244 ***********************************************************************/
3245
3246 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3247 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3248 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3249
3250 int
3251 get_next_display_element (it)
3252 struct it *it;
3253 {
3254 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3255 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3256 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3257 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3258 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3259 int charset;
3260
3261 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3262 {
3263 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3264 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3265 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3266 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3267 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3268 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3269 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3270 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3271 it? */
3272 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3273 {
3274 Lisp_Object dv;
3275
3276 if (it->dp
3277 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3278 VECTORP (dv)))
3279 {
3280 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3281
3282 /* Return the first character from the display table
3283 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3284 current character. */
3285 if (v->size)
3286 {
3287 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3288 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3289 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3290 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3291 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3292 }
3293
3294 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3295 }
3296
3297 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3298 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3299 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3300 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3301 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3302
3303 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3304 octal form. */
3305 else if ((it->c < ' '
3306 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3307 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3308 || (it->c >= 127
3309 && it->len == 1)
3310 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3311 {
3312 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3313 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3314 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3315 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3316 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3317 GLYPH g;
3318
3319 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3320 {
3321 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3322 if (it->dp
3323 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3324 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3325 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3326 else
3327 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3328 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3329
3330 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3331 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3332
3333 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3334 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3335 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3336 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3337 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3338 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3339 get_next_display_element (it);
3340 }
3341 else
3342 {
3343 unsigned char work[4], *str;
3344 int len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, work, str);
3345 int i;
3346 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3347
3348 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3349 if (it->dp
3350 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3351 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3352 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3353 else
3354 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3355
3356 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3357 {
3358 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3359 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3360 the octal display of the character. */
3361 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3362 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3363 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3364 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3365 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3366 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3367 }
3368
3369 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3370 from it. */
3371 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3372 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3373 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3374 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3375 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3376 get_next_display_element (it);
3377 }
3378 }
3379 }
3380
3381 /* Adjust face id if charset changes. There are no charset
3382 changes in unibyte text because Emacs' charsets are not
3383 applicable there. */
3384 if (it->multibyte_p
3385 && success_p
3386 && (charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->c),
3387 charset != it->charset))
3388 {
3389 it->charset = charset;
3390 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, charset);
3391 }
3392 }
3393
3394 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3395 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3396 if (it->face_box_p
3397 && it->s == NULL)
3398 {
3399 int face_id;
3400 struct face *face;
3401
3402 it->end_of_box_run_p
3403 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3404 face_id != it->face_id)
3405 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3406 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3407 }
3408
3409 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
3410 return success_p;
3411 }
3412
3413
3414 /* Move IT to the next display element.
3415
3416 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
3417 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
3418 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
3419 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
3420 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
3421 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
3422 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
3423 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
3424 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
3425
3426 void
3427 set_iterator_to_next (it)
3428 struct it *it;
3429 {
3430 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
3431 {
3432 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
3433 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
3434 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
3435 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
3436 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
3437 else
3438 {
3439 xassert (it->len != 0);
3440 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3441 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3442 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
3443 }
3444 }
3445 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
3446 {
3447 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
3448 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3449 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3450 }
3451 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
3452 {
3453 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
3454 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
3455 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
3456 strings. */
3457 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
3458
3459 /* Restore face and charset of the iterator to what they were
3460 before the display vector entry (these entries may contain
3461 faces, and of course characters of different charsets). */
3462 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
3463 it->charset = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id)->charset;
3464
3465 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
3466 {
3467 if (it->s)
3468 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3469 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
3470 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3471 else
3472 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3473
3474 it->dpvec = NULL;
3475 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3476
3477 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
3478 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
3479 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
3480 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
3481 {
3482 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
3483 set_iterator_to_next (it);
3484 }
3485 }
3486 }
3487 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
3488 {
3489 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
3490 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
3491 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3492 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3493
3494 consider_string_end:
3495
3496 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3497 {
3498 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
3499 next, if there is one. */
3500 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3501 next_overlay_string (it);
3502 }
3503 else
3504 {
3505 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
3506 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
3507 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
3508 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
3509 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
3510 && it->sp > 0)
3511 {
3512 pop_it (it);
3513 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3514 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3515 }
3516 }
3517 }
3518 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
3519 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
3520 {
3521 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
3522 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
3523 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
3524 pop_it (it);
3525 it->image_id = 0;
3526 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3527 {
3528 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3529 goto consider_string_end;
3530 }
3531 else
3532 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3533 }
3534 else
3535 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
3536 abort ();
3537
3538 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of
3539 characters with box. */
3540 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
3541
3542 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
3543 || (STRINGP (it->string)
3544 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
3545 }
3546
3547
3548 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3549 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
3550 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
3551 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
3552
3553 static int
3554 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
3555 struct it *it;
3556 {
3557 /* Precondition. */
3558 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
3559
3560 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
3561 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
3562 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
3563
3564 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
3565 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
3566 {
3567 int lface_id;
3568 GLYPH g;
3569
3570 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
3571 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
3572 it->len = CHAR_LEN (it->c);
3573
3574 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
3575 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
3576 zero means no face. */
3577 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
3578 if (lface_id)
3579 {
3580 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
3581 if (face_id >= 0)
3582 {
3583 it->face_id = face_id;
3584 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3585 }
3586 }
3587 }
3588 else
3589 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
3590 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3591
3592 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
3593 still the values of the character that had this display table
3594 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
3595 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3596 return 1;
3597 }
3598
3599
3600 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
3601 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
3602 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
3603 overlay string. */
3604
3605 static int
3606 next_element_from_string (it)
3607 struct it *it;
3608 {
3609 struct text_pos position;
3610
3611 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3612 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
3613 position = it->current.string_pos;
3614
3615 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
3616 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
3617 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
3618 {
3619 handle_stop (it);
3620
3621 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
3622 recurse here. */
3623 return get_next_display_element (it);
3624 }
3625
3626 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3627 {
3628 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
3629 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
3630 do. */
3631 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3632 {
3633 it->what = IT_EOB;
3634 return 0;
3635 }
3636 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3637 {
3638 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3639 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3640 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3641 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3642 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
3643 }
3644 else
3645 {
3646 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3647 it->len = 1;
3648 }
3649 }
3650 else
3651 {
3652 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
3653 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
3654 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
3655 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
3656 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3657 {
3658 it->what = IT_EOB;
3659 return 0;
3660 }
3661 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3662 {
3663 /* Pad with spaces. */
3664 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3665 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
3666 }
3667 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3668 {
3669 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3670 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3671 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3672 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3673 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
3674 }
3675 else
3676 {
3677 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3678 it->len = 1;
3679 }
3680 }
3681
3682 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
3683 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
3684 string position. */
3685 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3686 it->object = it->string;
3687 it->position = position;
3688 return 1;
3689 }
3690
3691
3692 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
3693 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
3694 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
3695 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
3696 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
3697 reached, including padding spaces. */
3698
3699 static int
3700 next_element_from_c_string (it)
3701 struct it *it;
3702 {
3703 int success_p = 1;
3704
3705 xassert (it->s);
3706 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3707 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
3708 it->object = Qnil;
3709
3710 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
3711 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
3712 initialized. */
3713 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3714 {
3715 /* End of the game. */
3716 it->what = IT_EOB;
3717 success_p = 0;
3718 }
3719 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3720 {
3721 /* Pad with spaces. */
3722 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3723 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
3724 }
3725 else if (it->multibyte_p)
3726 {
3727 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
3728 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
3729 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
3730 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3731 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3732 maxlen, &it->len);
3733 }
3734 else
3735 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
3736
3737 return success_p;
3738 }
3739
3740
3741 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
3742 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
3743 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
3744 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
3745
3746 static void
3747 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
3748 struct it *it;
3749 {
3750 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
3751 {
3752 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
3753 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
3754 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
3755 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3756 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3757 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3758 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3759 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3760 get_next_display_element (it);
3761 }
3762 else if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
3763 {
3764 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
3765 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3766 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
3767 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
3768 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3769 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3770 get_next_display_element (it);
3771 }
3772 }
3773
3774
3775 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
3776 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
3777 is always 1. */
3778
3779
3780 static int
3781 next_element_from_image (it)
3782 struct it *it;
3783 {
3784 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
3785 return 1;
3786 }
3787
3788
3789 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
3790 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
3791 always 1. */
3792
3793 static int
3794 next_element_from_stretch (it)
3795 struct it *it;
3796 {
3797 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
3798 return 1;
3799 }
3800
3801
3802 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
3803 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
3804 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
3805 end. */
3806
3807 static int
3808 next_element_from_buffer (it)
3809 struct it *it;
3810 {
3811 int success_p = 1;
3812
3813 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
3814 if-statement, below. */
3815 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
3816 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
3817
3818 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
3819 {
3820 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3821 {
3822 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
3823
3824 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
3825 haven't been returned yet. */
3826 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
3827 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
3828 else
3829 {
3830 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3831 overlay_strings_follow_p
3832 = get_overlay_strings (it);
3833 }
3834
3835 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
3836 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3837 else
3838 {
3839 it->what = IT_EOB;
3840 it->position = it->current.pos;
3841 success_p = 0;
3842 }
3843 }
3844 else
3845 {
3846 handle_stop (it);
3847 return get_next_display_element (it);
3848 }
3849 }
3850 else
3851 {
3852 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
3853 character from current_buffer. */
3854 unsigned char *p;
3855
3856 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
3857 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
3858 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
3859 && it->glyph_row
3860 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
3861 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
3862
3863 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
3864 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3865 if (it->multibyte_p)
3866 {
3867 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
3868 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3869 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
3870 }
3871 else
3872 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
3873
3874 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
3875 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
3876 it->object = it->w->buffer;
3877 it->position = it->current.pos;
3878
3879 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
3880 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
3881 if (it->selective)
3882 {
3883 if (it->c == '\n')
3884 {
3885 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
3886 than that number of columns. */
3887 if (it->selective > 0
3888 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
3889 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
3890 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
3891 it->selective))
3892 {
3893 next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3894 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3895 }
3896 }
3897 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
3898 {
3899 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
3900 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
3901 ellipsis displayed for it. */
3902 next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3903 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3904 }
3905 }
3906 }
3907
3908 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
3909 xassert (!success_p || it->len > 0);
3910 return success_p;
3911 }
3912
3913
3914 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
3915
3916 static void
3917 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
3918 struct it *it;
3919 {
3920 Lisp_Object args[3];
3921
3922 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
3923 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
3924 xassert (it->glyph_row);
3925
3926 /* Set up hook arguments. */
3927 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
3928 args[1] = it->window;
3929 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
3930 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
3931
3932 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
3933 them again, even if they get an error. */
3934 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
3935 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
3936
3937 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
3938 handle_face_prop (it);
3939 }
3940
3941
3942 \f
3943 /***********************************************************************
3944 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
3945 ***********************************************************************/
3946
3947 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
3948 line on the display without producing glyphs.
3949
3950 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
3951 whichever is reached first.
3952
3953 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
3954
3955 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
3956 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
3957 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
3958 scrolled.
3959
3960 Value is
3961
3962 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
3963 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
3964
3965 MOVE_X_REACHED
3966 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
3967
3968 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
3969 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
3970 be continued.
3971
3972 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
3973 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
3974 truncated.
3975
3976 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
3977 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
3978 display is on. */
3979
3980 enum move_it_result
3981 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
3982 struct it *it;
3983 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
3984 {
3985 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
3986 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
3987
3988 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
3989 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
3990 it->glyph_row = NULL;
3991
3992 while (1)
3993 {
3994 int x, i;
3995
3996 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
3997 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
3998 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
3999 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4000 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4001 {
4002 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4003 break;
4004 }
4005
4006 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4007 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4008 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4009 fit on the line. */
4010 x = it->current_x;
4011 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4012
4013 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4014 {
4015 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4016 continue;
4017 }
4018
4019 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4020 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4021 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4022 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4023 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4024 composite character.
4025
4026 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4027 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4028 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4029 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4030 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4031 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4032 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4033 next line.
4034
4035 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4036 the same width. */
4037 if (it->nglyphs)
4038 {
4039 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4040 glyphs have the same width. */
4041 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4042 int new_x;
4043
4044 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4045 {
4046 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4047
4048 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4049 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4050 {
4051 it->current_x = x;
4052 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4053 break;
4054 }
4055 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4056 !it->truncate_lines_p
4057 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4058 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4059 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4060 system frame. */
4061 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4062 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4063 {
4064 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4065 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4066 it->hpos == 0
4067 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4068 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4069 {
4070 ++it->hpos;
4071 it->current_x = new_x;
4072 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4073 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4074 }
4075 else
4076 it->current_x = x;
4077
4078 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4079 break;
4080 }
4081 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4082 {
4083 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4084 would be displayed. */
4085 ++it->hpos;
4086 }
4087 else
4088 {
4089 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4090 area. Nothing to do. */
4091 }
4092 }
4093
4094 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4095 break;
4096 }
4097 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4098 {
4099 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4100 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4101 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4102 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4103 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4104 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4105 break;
4106 }
4107
4108 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4109 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4110 {
4111 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4112 break;
4113 }
4114
4115 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4116 to the next. */
4117 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4118
4119 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4120 past the right edge of the window now. */
4121 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4122 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4123 {
4124 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4125 break;
4126 }
4127 }
4128
4129 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4130 function. */
4131 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4132 return result;
4133 }
4134
4135
4136 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4137 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4138 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4139
4140 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4141 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4142 TO_CHARPOS. */
4143
4144 void
4145 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4146 struct it *it;
4147 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4148 int op;
4149 {
4150 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4151 int line_height;
4152
4153 while (1)
4154 {
4155 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4156 {
4157 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4158 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4159 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4160 {
4161 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4162 break;
4163 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4164 }
4165 else
4166 {
4167 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4168 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4169 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4170
4171 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4172 break;
4173 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4174 {
4175 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4176 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4177 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4178 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4179 break;
4180 }
4181 }
4182 }
4183 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4184 {
4185 struct it it_backup;
4186 int done_p;
4187
4188 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4189 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4190 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4191 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4192 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4193 TO_X.
4194
4195 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4196 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4197 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4198 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4199 to happen. */
4200 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4201 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4202 ? to_x : 0),
4203 (MOVE_TO_X
4204 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4205
4206 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4207 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4208 break;
4209
4210 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4211 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4212 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4213 the line. */
4214 done_p = 0;
4215 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4216 {
4217 it_backup = *it;
4218 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4219 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4220 }
4221
4222 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4223 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4224
4225 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4226 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4227 {
4228 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4229 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4230 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4231 to the ones before skipping. */
4232 *it = it_backup;
4233 done_p = 1;
4234 }
4235 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4236 {
4237 skip = skip2;
4238 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4239 done_p = 1;
4240 }
4241
4242 if (done_p)
4243 break;
4244 }
4245 else
4246 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4247
4248 switch (skip)
4249 {
4250 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4251 return;
4252
4253 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4254 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4255 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4256 break;
4257
4258 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4259 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4260 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4261 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4262 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4263 goto out;
4264 break;
4265
4266 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4267 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4268 break;
4269
4270 default:
4271 abort ();
4272 }
4273
4274 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4275 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4276 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4277 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4278 ++it->vpos;
4279 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4280 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4281 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4282 }
4283 out:;
4284 }
4285
4286
4287 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4288
4289 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4290 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4291 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4292 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4293 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4294
4295 void
4296 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4297 struct it *it;
4298 int dy;
4299 {
4300 int nlines, h, line_height;
4301 struct it it2;
4302 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4303
4304 xassert (dy >= 0);
4305
4306 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4307 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4308
4309 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4310 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4311 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4312
4313 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4314 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4315 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4316 use reseat_1 here. */
4317 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4318
4319 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
4320 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4321
4322 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
4323 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
4324 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
4325 y-distance. */
4326 it2 = *it;
4327 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
4328 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
4329 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4330 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4331 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
4332 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4333 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4334 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
4335 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
4336
4337 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
4338 it->vpos -= nlines;
4339 it->current_y -= h;
4340
4341 if (dy == 0)
4342 {
4343 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
4344 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
4345 if (nlines > 0)
4346 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
4347 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
4348 }
4349 else if (nlines)
4350 {
4351 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
4352 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
4353 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
4354
4355 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
4356 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
4357 if (target_y < it->current_y
4358 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4359 {
4360 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
4361 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4362 }
4363 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
4364 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
4365 {
4366 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
4367 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4368 }
4369 }
4370 }
4371
4372
4373 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
4374 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
4375 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
4376
4377 void
4378 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
4379 struct it *it;
4380 int dy;
4381 {
4382 if (dy <= 0)
4383 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
4384 else if (dy > 0)
4385 {
4386 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
4387 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
4388
4389 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
4390 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
4391 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
4392 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
4393 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
4394 }
4395 }
4396
4397
4398 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
4399 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
4400 property lookup. */
4401
4402 static int
4403 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
4404 struct it *it;
4405 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
4406 {
4407 #ifdef USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES
4408 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
4409 int invisible_found_p;
4410
4411 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
4412
4413 /* Is text at START invisible? */
4414 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
4415 it->window);
4416 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
4417 invisible_found_p = 1;
4418 else
4419 {
4420 limit = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
4421 Qinvisible,
4422 Fcurrent_buffer (),
4423 make_number (end_charpos));
4424 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
4425 }
4426
4427 return invisible_found_p;
4428
4429 #else /* not USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
4430 return 0;
4431 #endif /* not USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
4432 }
4433
4434
4435 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
4436 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
4437 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
4438 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
4439
4440 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
4441 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
4442 truncate-lines nil. */
4443
4444 void
4445 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
4446 struct it *it;
4447 int dvpos, need_y_p;
4448 {
4449 struct position pos;
4450
4451 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4452 {
4453 struct text_pos textpos;
4454
4455 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
4456 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
4457 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
4458 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
4459 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
4460 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
4461 }
4462 else if (dvpos == 0)
4463 {
4464 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
4465 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
4466 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
4467 }
4468 else if (dvpos > 0)
4469 {
4470 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4471 selective display, try the simple method of moving forward
4472 DVPOS newlines, then see where we are. */
4473 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4474 {
4475 int shortage = 0, charpos;
4476
4477 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == '\n'))
4478 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1;
4479 else
4480 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', IT_CHARPOS (*it), 0, dvpos,
4481 &shortage, 0);
4482
4483 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, IT_CHARPOS (*it), charpos))
4484 {
4485 struct text_pos pos;
4486 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4487 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4488 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4489 it->vpos += dvpos - shortage;
4490 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4491 return;
4492 }
4493 }
4494
4495 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4496 }
4497 else
4498 {
4499 struct it it2;
4500 int start_charpos, i;
4501
4502 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4503 selective display, try the simple method of moving backward
4504 -DVPOS newlines. */
4505 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4506 {
4507 int shortage;
4508 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4509 int bytepos = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4510
4511 /* If in the middle of a line, go to its start. */
4512 if (charpos > BEGV && FETCH_BYTE (bytepos - 1) != '\n')
4513 {
4514 charpos = find_next_newline_no_quit (charpos, -1);
4515 bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4516 }
4517
4518 if (charpos == BEGV)
4519 {
4520 struct text_pos pos;
4521 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4522 BYTEPOS (pos) = bytepos;
4523 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4524 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4525 return;
4526 }
4527 else
4528 {
4529 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', charpos - 1, 0, dvpos, &shortage, 0);
4530 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, charpos, IT_CHARPOS (*it)))
4531 {
4532 struct text_pos pos;
4533 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4534 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4535 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4536 it->vpos += dvpos + (shortage ? shortage - 1 : 0);
4537 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4538 return;
4539 }
4540 }
4541 }
4542
4543 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
4544 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4545 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
4546 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4547 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4548 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4549
4550 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
4551 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
4552 it2 = *it;
4553 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
4554 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4555 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
4556 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
4557 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4558
4559 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
4560 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
4561 {
4562 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
4563 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4564 }
4565 }
4566 }
4567
4568
4569 \f
4570 /***********************************************************************
4571 Messages
4572 ***********************************************************************/
4573
4574
4575 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
4576
4577 void
4578 message_log_maybe_newline ()
4579 {
4580 if (message_log_need_newline)
4581 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
4582 }
4583
4584
4585 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
4586 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
4587 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
4588 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
4589 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
4590
4591 void
4592 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
4593 char *m;
4594 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
4595 {
4596 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
4597 {
4598 struct buffer *oldbuf;
4599 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
4600 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
4601 int point_at_end = 0;
4602 int zv_at_end = 0;
4603 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
4604 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4605
4606 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
4607 oldbuf = current_buffer;
4608 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (build_string ("*Messages*")));
4609 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
4610
4611 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
4612 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
4613 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
4614 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
4615
4616 if (PT == Z)
4617 point_at_end = 1;
4618 if (ZV == Z)
4619 zv_at_end = 1;
4620
4621 BEGV = BEG;
4622 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
4623 ZV = Z;
4624 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4625 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4626
4627 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
4628 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
4629 if (multibyte
4630 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4631 {
4632 int i, c, nbytes;
4633 unsigned char work[1];
4634
4635 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
4636 for the *Message* buffer. */
4637 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
4638 {
4639 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
4640 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
4641 ? c
4642 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
4643 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
4644 }
4645 }
4646 else if (! multibyte
4647 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4648 {
4649 int i, c, nbytes;
4650 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
4651 unsigned char *str, work[4];
4652 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
4653 for the *Message* buffer. */
4654 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4655 {
4656 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
4657 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, work, str);
4658 insert_1_both (work, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
4659 }
4660 }
4661 else if (len)
4662 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
4663
4664 if (nlflag)
4665 {
4666 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
4667 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
4668
4669 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4670 this_bol = PT;
4671 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4672
4673 if (this_bol > BEG)
4674 {
4675 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4676 prev_bol = PT;
4677 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4678
4679 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4680 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
4681 if (dup)
4682 {
4683 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4684 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
4685 if (dup > 1)
4686 {
4687 char dupstr[40];
4688 int duplen;
4689
4690 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
4691 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
4692 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
4693 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
4694 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
4695 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
4696 }
4697 }
4698 }
4699
4700 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
4701 {
4702 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
4703 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
4704 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
4705 }
4706 }
4707 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
4708 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
4709
4710 if (zv_at_end)
4711 {
4712 ZV = Z;
4713 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4714 }
4715 else
4716 {
4717 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
4718 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
4719 }
4720
4721 if (point_at_end)
4722 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4723 else
4724 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
4725 Lisp code. */
4726 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
4727 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
4728
4729 UNGCPRO;
4730 free_marker (oldpoint);
4731 free_marker (oldbegv);
4732 free_marker (oldzv);
4733
4734 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
4735 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
4736 if (NILP (tem))
4737 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
4738 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
4739 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
4740 }
4741 }
4742
4743
4744 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
4745 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
4746 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
4747 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
4748 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
4749
4750 static int
4751 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
4752 int prev_bol, this_bol;
4753 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
4754 {
4755 int i;
4756 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
4757 int seen_dots = 0;
4758 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
4759 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
4760
4761 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4762 {
4763 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.'
4764 && p1[i] != '\n')
4765 seen_dots = 1;
4766 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
4767 return seen_dots;
4768 }
4769 p1 += len;
4770 if (*p1 == '\n')
4771 return 2;
4772 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
4773 {
4774 int n = 0;
4775 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
4776 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
4777 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
4778 return n+1;
4779 }
4780 return 0;
4781 }
4782
4783
4784 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
4785 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
4786 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4787
4788 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4789 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
4790 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
4791 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
4792
4793 void
4794 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
4795 char *m;
4796 int len;
4797 int multibyte;
4798 {
4799 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4800 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4801 if (m)
4802 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
4803 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
4804 }
4805
4806
4807 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
4808
4809 void
4810 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
4811 char *m;
4812 int len;
4813 {
4814 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
4815
4816 if (noninteractive)
4817 {
4818 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4819 putc ('\n', stderr);
4820 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4821 if (m)
4822 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
4823 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4824 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4825 fflush (stderr);
4826 }
4827 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4828 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4829 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4830 else if (INTERACTIVE
4831 && selected_frame->glyphs_initialized_p
4832 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (selected_frame))
4833 {
4834 Lisp_Object mini_window;
4835 struct frame *f;
4836
4837 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4838 that the selected frame is using. */
4839 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
4840 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4841
4842 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
4843 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (selected_frame)
4844 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
4845 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4846
4847 if (m)
4848 {
4849 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
4850 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
4851 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4852 }
4853 else
4854 clear_message (1, 1);
4855
4856 do_pending_window_change (0);
4857 echo_area_display (1);
4858 do_pending_window_change (0);
4859 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
4860 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
4861 }
4862 }
4863
4864
4865 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
4866 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
4867 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
4868 text show through. */
4869
4870 void
4871 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
4872 Lisp_Object m;
4873 int nbytes;
4874 int multibyte;
4875 {
4876 struct gcpro gcpro1;
4877
4878 GCPRO1 (m);
4879
4880 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4881 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4882 if (STRINGP (m))
4883 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
4884 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
4885
4886 UNGCPRO;
4887 }
4888
4889
4890 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
4891
4892 void
4893 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
4894 Lisp_Object m;
4895 int nbytes, multibyte;
4896 {
4897 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
4898
4899 if (noninteractive)
4900 {
4901 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4902 putc ('\n', stderr);
4903 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4904 if (STRINGP (m))
4905 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
4906 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4907 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4908 fflush (stderr);
4909 }
4910 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4911 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4912 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4913 else if (INTERACTIVE
4914 && selected_frame->glyphs_initialized_p
4915 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (selected_frame))
4916 {
4917 Lisp_Object mini_window;
4918 Lisp_Object frame;
4919 struct frame *f;
4920
4921 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4922 that the selected frame is using. */
4923 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
4924 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
4925 f = XFRAME (frame);
4926
4927 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
4928 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (selected_frame)
4929 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
4930 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
4931
4932 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
4933 {
4934 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
4935 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
4936 Fraise_frame (frame);
4937 }
4938 else
4939 clear_message (1, 1);
4940
4941 do_pending_window_change (0);
4942 echo_area_display (1);
4943 do_pending_window_change (0);
4944 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
4945 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
4946 }
4947 }
4948
4949
4950 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
4951 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4952
4953 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4954 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
4955 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
4956 that was alloca'd. */
4957
4958 void
4959 message1 (m)
4960 char *m;
4961 {
4962 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
4963 }
4964
4965
4966 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
4967
4968 void
4969 message1_nolog (m)
4970 char *m;
4971 {
4972 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
4973 }
4974
4975 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
4976 which gets replaced with STRING. */
4977
4978 void
4979 message_with_string (m, string, log)
4980 char *m;
4981 Lisp_Object string;
4982 int log;
4983 {
4984 if (noninteractive)
4985 {
4986 if (m)
4987 {
4988 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4989 putc ('\n', stderr);
4990 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4991 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
4992 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4993 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4994 fflush (stderr);
4995 }
4996 }
4997 else if (INTERACTIVE)
4998 {
4999 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5000 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5001 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5002 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5003 FRAME_PTR f;
5004
5005 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5006 that the selected frame is using. */
5007 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
5008 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5009
5010 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5011 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5012 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5013 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5014 {
5015 int len;
5016 char *a[1];
5017 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5018
5019 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5020 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5021
5022 if (log)
5023 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5024 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5025 else
5026 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5027 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5028
5029 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5030 buffer next time. */
5031 message_buf_print = 0;
5032 }
5033 }
5034 }
5035
5036
5037 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5038 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5039
5040 /* VARARGS 1 */
5041 void
5042 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5043 char *m;
5044 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5045 {
5046 if (noninteractive)
5047 {
5048 if (m)
5049 {
5050 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5051 putc ('\n', stderr);
5052 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5053 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5054 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5055 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5056 fflush (stderr);
5057 }
5058 }
5059 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5060 {
5061 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5062 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5063 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5064 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5065 struct frame *f;
5066
5067 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5068 that the selected frame is using. */
5069 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
5070 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5071
5072 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5073 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5074 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5075 it. */
5076 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5077 {
5078 if (m)
5079 {
5080 int len;
5081 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5082 char *a[3];
5083 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5084 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5085 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5086
5087 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5088 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5089 #else
5090 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5091 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5092 (char **) &a1);
5093 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5094
5095 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5096 }
5097 else
5098 message1 (0);
5099
5100 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5101 buffer next time. */
5102 message_buf_print = 0;
5103 }
5104 }
5105 }
5106
5107
5108 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5109
5110 void
5111 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5112 char *m;
5113 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5114 {
5115 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5116 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5117 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5118 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5119 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5120 }
5121
5122
5123 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5124 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5125 critical. */
5126
5127 void
5128 update_echo_area ()
5129 {
5130 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5131 {
5132 Lisp_Object string;
5133 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5134 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5135 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5136 }
5137 }
5138
5139
5140 /* Call FN with args A1..A5 with either the current or last displayed
5141 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5142
5143 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5144 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5145 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5146
5147 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5148 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5149
5150 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5151 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5152 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5153
5154 Value is what FN returns. */
5155
5156 static int
5157 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
5158 struct window *w;
5159 int which;
5160 int (*fn) ();
5161 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5;
5162 {
5163 Lisp_Object buffer;
5164 int i, this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5165 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
5166
5167 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5168 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5169 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5170 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5171 {
5172 char name[30];
5173 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5174 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5175 }
5176
5177 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5178
5179 if (which == 0)
5180 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5181 else if (which > 0)
5182 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5183 else
5184 {
5185 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5186 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5187
5188 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5189 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5190 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5191 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5192 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5193
5194 }
5195
5196 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5197 have one. */
5198 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5199 {
5200 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5201 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5202 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5203 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5204 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5205 }
5206
5207 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5208
5209 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5210 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5211
5212 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5213 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5214 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5215 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5216 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5217 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5218 aborts. */
5219 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5220 if (w)
5221 {
5222 w->buffer = buffer;
5223 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5224 }
5225 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5226 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5227 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5228
5229 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5230 del_range (BEG, Z);
5231
5232 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5233 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5234
5235 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4, a5);
5236
5237 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5238 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5239
5240 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5241 return rc;
5242 }
5243
5244
5245 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5246 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5247
5248 static Lisp_Object
5249 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5250 struct window *w;
5251 {
5252 int i = 0;
5253 Lisp_Object vector;
5254
5255 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5256 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5257 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5258 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5259
5260 if (NILP (vector))
5261 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5262
5263 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5264 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5265 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5266
5267 if (w)
5268 {
5269 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5270 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5271 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5272 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5273 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5274 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5275 }
5276 else
5277 {
5278 int end = i + 4;
5279 while (i < end)
5280 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5281 }
5282
5283 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5284 return vector;
5285 }
5286
5287
5288 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5289 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5290
5291 static Lisp_Object
5292 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5293 Lisp_Object vector;
5294 {
5295 int i = 0;
5296
5297 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i])); ++i;
5298 Vdeactivate_mark = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5299 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5300
5301 if (WINDOWP (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]))
5302 {
5303 struct window *w;
5304 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5305
5306 w = XWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5307 buffer = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5308 charpos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5309 bytepos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5310
5311 w->buffer = buffer;
5312 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5313 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
5314 }
5315
5316 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
5317 return Qnil;
5318 }
5319
5320
5321 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
5322 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
5323
5324 void
5325 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
5326 int multibyte_p;
5327 {
5328 if (!message_buf_print)
5329 {
5330 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
5331 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
5332 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
5333 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
5334 else
5335 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
5336
5337 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
5338 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5339 if (Z > BEG)
5340 del_range (BEG, Z);
5341 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5342
5343 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
5344 if (multibyte_p
5345 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5346 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
5347
5348 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
5349 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5350 {
5351 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5352 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
5353 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5354 }
5355
5356 message_buf_print = 1;
5357 }
5358 else if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5359 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
5360 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5361 }
5362
5363
5364 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
5365 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
5366 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
5367 display the current message. */
5368
5369 static int
5370 display_echo_area (w)
5371 struct window *w;
5372 {
5373 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p;
5374
5375 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
5376 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
5377 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
5378 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
5379 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
5380 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
5381
5382 window_height_changed_p
5383 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
5384 (int (*) ()) display_echo_area_1, w);
5385
5386 if (no_message_p)
5387 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
5388
5389 return window_height_changed_p;
5390 }
5391
5392
5393 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
5394 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window.
5395 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
5396 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
5397
5398 static int
5399 display_echo_area_1 (w)
5400 struct window *w;
5401 {
5402 Lisp_Object window;
5403 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5404 struct text_pos start;
5405 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5406
5407 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
5408 matrix for the display. */
5409 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w);
5410
5411 /* Display. */
5412 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
5413 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
5414 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5415 try_window (window, start);
5416
5417 return window_height_changed_p;
5418 }
5419
5420
5421 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. Value is
5422 non-zero if the window height has been changed. */
5423
5424 int
5425 resize_mini_window (w)
5426 struct window *w;
5427 {
5428 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5429 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5430
5431 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
5432
5433 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
5434 if (NILP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5435 return 0;
5436
5437 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
5438 {
5439 struct it it;
5440 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
5441 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
5442 int height, max_height;
5443 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5444 struct text_pos start;
5445
5446 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5447
5448 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
5449 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5450 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
5451 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5452 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
5453 else
5454 max_height = total_height / 4;
5455
5456 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
5457 max_height = max (1, max_height);
5458 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
5459
5460 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
5461 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5462 height = (unit - 1 + it.current_y + last_height) / unit;
5463 height = max (1, height);
5464
5465 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
5466 if (height > max_height)
5467 {
5468 height = max_height;
5469 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5470 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
5471 start = it.current.pos;
5472 }
5473 else
5474 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
5475 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
5476
5477 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
5478 case the window shrinks again. */
5479 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height)
5480 || BEGV == ZV)
5481 {
5482 Lisp_Object old_selected_window;
5483
5484 freeze_window_starts (f, height > XFASTINT (w->height));
5485 old_selected_window = selected_window;
5486 XSETWINDOW (selected_window, w);
5487 change_window_height (height - XFASTINT (w->height), 0);
5488 selected_window = old_selected_window;
5489 window_height_changed_p = 1;
5490 }
5491 }
5492
5493 return window_height_changed_p;
5494 }
5495
5496
5497 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
5498 current message. */
5499
5500 Lisp_Object
5501 current_message ()
5502 {
5503 Lisp_Object msg;
5504
5505 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5506 msg = Qnil;
5507 else
5508 {
5509 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) current_message_1, &msg);
5510 if (NILP (msg))
5511 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5512 }
5513
5514 return msg;
5515 }
5516
5517
5518 static int
5519 current_message_1 (msg)
5520 Lisp_Object *msg;
5521 {
5522 if (Z > BEG)
5523 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
5524 else
5525 *msg = Qnil;
5526 return 0;
5527 }
5528
5529
5530 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
5531 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
5532 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
5533 worth optimizing. */
5534
5535 int
5536 push_message ()
5537 {
5538 Lisp_Object msg;
5539 msg = current_message ();
5540 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
5541 return STRINGP (msg);
5542 }
5543
5544
5545 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
5546
5547 void
5548 restore_message ()
5549 {
5550 Lisp_Object msg;
5551
5552 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5553 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
5554 if (STRINGP (msg))
5555 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
5556 else
5557 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
5558 }
5559
5560
5561 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
5562
5563 void
5564 pop_message ()
5565 {
5566 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5567 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
5568 }
5569
5570
5571 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
5572 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
5573 somewhere. */
5574
5575 void
5576 check_message_stack ()
5577 {
5578 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
5579 abort ();
5580 }
5581
5582
5583 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
5584 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
5585
5586 void
5587 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
5588 int nchars;
5589 {
5590 if (nchars == 0)
5591 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5592 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5593 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5594 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5595 else if (!noninteractive
5596 && INTERACTIVE
5597 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (selected_frame)
5598 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5599 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) truncate_message_1, nchars);
5600 }
5601
5602
5603 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
5604 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
5605
5606 static int
5607 truncate_message_1 (nchars)
5608 int nchars;
5609 {
5610 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
5611 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
5612 if (Z == BEG)
5613 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5614 return 0;
5615 }
5616
5617
5618 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
5619
5620 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
5621 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
5622 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
5623
5624 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
5625 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
5626 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
5627
5628 void
5629 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5630 char *s;
5631 Lisp_Object string;
5632 int nbytes;
5633 {
5634 message_enable_multibyte
5635 = ((s && multibyte_p)
5636 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
5637
5638 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, (int (*) ()) set_message_1,
5639 s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
5640 message_buf_print = 0;
5641 }
5642
5643
5644 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
5645 as there. This function is called with the echo area buffer being
5646 current. */
5647
5648 static int
5649 set_message_1 (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5650 char *s;
5651 Lisp_Object string;
5652 int nbytes, multibyte_p;
5653 {
5654 xassert (BEG == Z);
5655
5656 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
5657 if (message_enable_multibyte
5658 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5659 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
5660
5661 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
5662 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5663
5664 if (STRINGP (string))
5665 {
5666 int nchars;
5667
5668 if (nbytes == 0)
5669 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
5670 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
5671
5672 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
5673 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
5674 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
5675 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
5676 }
5677 else if (s)
5678 {
5679 if (nbytes == 0)
5680 nbytes = strlen (s);
5681
5682 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5683 {
5684 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
5685 int i, c, n;
5686 unsigned char work[1];
5687
5688 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
5689 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
5690 {
5691 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
5692 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5693 ? c
5694 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5695 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5696 }
5697 }
5698 else if (!multibyte_p
5699 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5700 {
5701 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
5702 int i, c, n;
5703 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
5704 unsigned char *str, work[4];
5705
5706 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
5707 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5708 {
5709 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5710 n = CHAR_STRING (c, work, str);
5711 insert_1_both (work, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
5712 }
5713 }
5714 else
5715 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5716 }
5717
5718 return 0;
5719 }
5720
5721
5722 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
5723 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
5724 last displayed. */
5725
5726 void
5727 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
5728 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
5729 {
5730 if (current_p)
5731 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5732
5733 if (last_displayed_p)
5734 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
5735
5736 message_buf_print = 0;
5737 }
5738
5739 /* Clear garbaged frames.
5740
5741 This function is used where the old redisplay called
5742 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
5743 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
5744 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
5745 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
5746 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
5747
5748 static void
5749 clear_garbaged_frames ()
5750 {
5751 if (frame_garbaged)
5752 {
5753 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
5754
5755 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
5756 {
5757 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5758
5759 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5760 {
5761 clear_current_matrices (f);
5762 f->garbaged = 0;
5763 }
5764 }
5765
5766 frame_garbaged = 0;
5767 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5768 }
5769 }
5770
5771
5772 /* Redisplay the echo area of selected_frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P is
5773 non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
5774 mini-windows height has been changed. */
5775
5776 static int
5777 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
5778 int update_frame_p;
5779 {
5780 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5781 struct window *w;
5782 struct frame *f;
5783 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5784
5785 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
5786 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
5787 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5788
5789 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
5790 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
5791 return 0;
5792
5793 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
5794 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
5795 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
5796 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
5797 if (!inhibit_window_system && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (selected_frame))
5798 return 0;
5799 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
5800
5801 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
5802 if (frame_garbaged)
5803 clear_garbaged_frames ();
5804
5805 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
5806 {
5807 echo_area_window = mini_window;
5808 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
5809 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
5810
5811 if (update_frame_p)
5812 {
5813 /* Not called from redisplay_internal. If we changed
5814 window configuration, we must redisplay thoroughly.
5815 Otherwise, we can do with updating what we displayed
5816 above. */
5817 if (window_height_changed_p)
5818 {
5819 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5820 ++update_mode_lines;
5821 redisplay_internal (0);
5822 }
5823 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
5824 {
5825 update_single_window (w, 1);
5826 rif->flush_display (f);
5827 }
5828 else
5829 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
5830 }
5831 }
5832 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
5833 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
5834
5835 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
5836 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
5837
5838 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
5839 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
5840 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
5841 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
5842 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
5843
5844 return window_height_changed_p;
5845 }
5846
5847
5848 \f
5849 /***********************************************************************
5850 Frame Titles
5851 ***********************************************************************/
5852
5853
5854 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
5855
5856 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
5857 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
5858
5859 static char *frame_title_buf;
5860
5861 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
5862
5863 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
5864 static char *frame_title_ptr;
5865
5866
5867 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
5868 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
5869
5870 static void
5871 store_frame_title_char (c)
5872 char c;
5873 {
5874 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
5875 double the buffer's size. */
5876 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
5877 {
5878 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
5879 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
5880 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
5881 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
5882 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
5883 }
5884
5885 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
5886 }
5887
5888
5889 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
5890 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
5891 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
5892 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
5893 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
5894 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
5895 title. */
5896
5897 static int
5898 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
5899 unsigned char *str;
5900 int field_width, precision;
5901 {
5902 int n = 0;
5903
5904 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
5905 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
5906 && *str)
5907 {
5908 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
5909 ++n;
5910 }
5911
5912 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
5913 while (field_width > 0
5914 && n < field_width)
5915 {
5916 store_frame_title_char (' ');
5917 ++n;
5918 }
5919
5920 return n;
5921 }
5922
5923
5924 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
5925 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
5926 frame_title_format. */
5927
5928 static void
5929 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
5930 Lisp_Object frame;
5931 {
5932 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5933
5934 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
5935 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
5936 || f->explicit_name)
5937 {
5938 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
5939 Lisp_Object tail;
5940 Lisp_Object fmt;
5941 struct buffer *obuf;
5942 int len;
5943 struct it it;
5944
5945 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
5946 {
5947 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
5948
5949 if (tf != f
5950 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
5951 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
5952 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
5953 break;
5954 }
5955
5956 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
5957 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
5958
5959 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
5960 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
5961 then display the title. */
5962 obuf = current_buffer;
5963 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
5964 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
5965 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
5966 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
5967 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5968 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
5969 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
5970 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
5971
5972 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
5973 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
5974 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
5975 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
5976 higher level than this.) */
5977 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
5978 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
5979 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
5980 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
5981 }
5982 }
5983
5984 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
5985
5986 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
5987 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
5988
5989 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
5990
5991
5992
5993 \f
5994 /***********************************************************************
5995 Menu Bars
5996 ***********************************************************************/
5997
5998
5999 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6000 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6001
6002 void
6003 prepare_menu_bars ()
6004 {
6005 int all_windows;
6006 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6007 struct frame *f;
6008 struct frame *tooltip_frame;
6009
6010 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6011 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6012 #else
6013 tooltip_frame = NULL;
6014 #endif
6015
6016 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6017 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6018 up-to-date frame titles. */
6019 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6020 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6021 {
6022 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6023
6024 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6025 {
6026 f = XFRAME (frame);
6027 if (f != tooltip_frame
6028 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6029 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6030 }
6031 }
6032 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6033
6034 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6035 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6036 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6037 || buffer_shared > 1
6038 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6039 if (all_windows)
6040 {
6041 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6042 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6043
6044 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6045
6046 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6047 {
6048 f = XFRAME (frame);
6049
6050 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6051 if (f == tooltip_frame)
6052 continue;
6053
6054 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6055 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6056 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6057 {
6058 Lisp_Object functions;
6059
6060 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6061 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6062 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6063 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6064
6065 while (CONSP (functions))
6066 {
6067 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6068 functions = XCDR (functions);
6069 }
6070 UNGCPRO;
6071 }
6072
6073 GCPRO1 (tail);
6074 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6075 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6076 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6077 #endif
6078 UNGCPRO;
6079 }
6080
6081 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6082 }
6083 else
6084 {
6085 update_menu_bar (selected_frame, 1);
6086 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6087 update_tool_bar (selected_frame, 1);
6088 #endif
6089 }
6090
6091 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6092 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6093 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6094 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6095 #endif
6096 }
6097
6098
6099 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6100 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6101 eval.
6102
6103 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6104
6105 static void
6106 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6107 struct frame *f;
6108 int save_match_data;
6109 {
6110 Lisp_Object window;
6111 register struct window *w;
6112
6113 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6114 w = XWINDOW (window);
6115
6116 if (update_mode_lines)
6117 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6118
6119 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6120 ?
6121 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6122 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6123 #else
6124 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6125 #endif
6126 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6127 {
6128 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6129 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6130 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6131 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6132 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6133 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6134 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6135 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6136 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6137 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6138 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6139 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6140 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6141 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6142 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6143 {
6144 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6145 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6146
6147 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6148 if (save_match_data)
6149 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6150 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6151 {
6152 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6153 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6154 }
6155
6156 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
6157 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
6158
6159 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
6160 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
6161 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
6162 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
6163
6164 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
6165 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
6166
6167 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
6168 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6169 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
6170 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
6171 else
6172 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6173 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6174 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6175 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6176 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6177 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6178 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6179 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6180
6181 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6182 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6183 }
6184 }
6185 }
6186
6187
6188 \f
6189 /***********************************************************************
6190 Tool-bars
6191 ***********************************************************************/
6192
6193 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6194
6195 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6196 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
6197 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
6198 and restore it here. */
6199
6200 static void
6201 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
6202 struct frame *f;
6203 int save_match_data;
6204 {
6205 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6206 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
6207 {
6208 Lisp_Object window;
6209 struct window *w;
6210
6211 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6212 w = XWINDOW (window);
6213
6214 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6215 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6216 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6217 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6218 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6219 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6220 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6221 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6222 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6223 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6224 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6225 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6226 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6227 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6228 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6229 {
6230 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6231 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6232
6233 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
6234 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
6235 keymaps. */
6236 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6237
6238 /* Save match data, if we must. */
6239 if (save_match_data)
6240 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6241
6242 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
6243 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6244 {
6245 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6246 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6247 }
6248
6249 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
6250 f->desired_tool_bar_items
6251 = tool_bar_items (f->desired_tool_bar_items,
6252 &f->n_desired_tool_bar_items);
6253
6254 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
6255 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6256
6257 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6258 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6259 }
6260 }
6261 }
6262
6263
6264 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
6265 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->desired_tool_bar_items must have
6266 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
6267
6268 static void
6269 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
6270 struct frame *f;
6271 {
6272 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
6273 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
6274 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
6275
6276 image = plist = props = Qnil;
6277 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
6278
6279 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
6280 Otherwise, make a new string. */
6281
6282 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
6283 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
6284 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
6285 : 0);
6286
6287 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
6288 and there is a space at the end. */
6289 size_needed = f->n_desired_tool_bar_items + 1;
6290
6291 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
6292 if (size < size_needed)
6293 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed), ' ');
6294 else
6295 {
6296 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
6297 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
6298 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6299 }
6300
6301 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
6302 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
6303 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
6304 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
6305 i < f->n_desired_tool_bar_items;
6306 ++i, string_idx += 1)
6307 {
6308 #define PROP(IDX) \
6309 (XVECTOR (f->desired_tool_bar_items) \
6310 ->contents[i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)])
6311
6312 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
6313 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
6314 int margin, relief;
6315 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
6316 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
6317
6318 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
6319 button state. */
6320 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
6321 if (VECTORP (image))
6322 {
6323 enum tool_bar_item_image idx;
6324
6325 if (enabled_p)
6326 idx = (selected_p
6327 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
6328 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
6329 else
6330 idx = (selected_p
6331 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
6332 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
6333
6334 xassert (XVECTOR (image)->size >= idx);
6335 image = XVECTOR (image)->contents[idx];
6336 }
6337
6338 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
6339 if (!valid_image_p (image))
6340 continue;
6341
6342 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
6343 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
6344
6345 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
6346 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
6347 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
6348
6349 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
6350 {
6351 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
6352 selected. */
6353 if (selected_p)
6354 {
6355 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
6356 margin -= relief;
6357 }
6358 }
6359 else
6360 {
6361 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
6362 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
6363 raised relief. */
6364 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
6365 (selected_p
6366 ? make_number (-relief)
6367 : make_number (relief)));
6368 margin -= relief;
6369 }
6370
6371 /* Put a margin around the image. */
6372 if (margin)
6373 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
6374
6375 /* If button is not enabled, make the image appear disabled by
6376 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
6377 if (!enabled_p)
6378 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qlaplace);
6379
6380 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
6381 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
6382 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
6383 vector. */
6384 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
6385 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
6386 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
6387 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
6388 make_number (string_idx + 1),
6389 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6390 #undef PROP
6391 }
6392
6393 UNGCPRO;
6394 }
6395
6396
6397 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
6398
6399 static void
6400 display_tool_bar_line (it)
6401 struct it *it;
6402 {
6403 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
6404 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
6405 struct glyph *last;
6406
6407 prepare_desired_row (row);
6408 row->y = it->current_y;
6409
6410 while (it->current_x < max_x)
6411 {
6412 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
6413
6414 /* Get the next display element. */
6415 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
6416 break;
6417
6418 /* Produce glyphs. */
6419 x_before = it->current_x;
6420 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6421 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
6422
6423 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
6424 i = 0;
6425 x = x_before;
6426 while (i < nglyphs)
6427 {
6428 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
6429
6430 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
6431 {
6432 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
6433 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
6434 it->current_x = x;
6435 goto out;
6436 }
6437
6438 ++it->hpos;
6439 x += glyph->pixel_width;
6440 ++i;
6441 }
6442
6443 /* Stop at line ends. */
6444 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
6445 break;
6446
6447 set_iterator_to_next (it);
6448 }
6449
6450 out:;
6451
6452 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
6453 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
6454 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
6455 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
6456 compute_line_metrics (it);
6457
6458 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
6459 if (!row->displays_text_p)
6460 {
6461 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
6462 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
6463 }
6464
6465 row->full_width_p = 1;
6466 row->continued_p = 0;
6467 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
6468 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
6469
6470 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
6471 it->current_y += row->height;
6472 ++it->vpos;
6473 ++it->glyph_row;
6474 }
6475
6476
6477 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
6478 items of frame F visible. */
6479
6480 static int
6481 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
6482 struct frame *f;
6483 {
6484 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
6485 struct it it;
6486
6487 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
6488 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
6489 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6490 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6491 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6492 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6493
6494 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
6495 {
6496 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
6497 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
6498 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6499 }
6500
6501 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6502 }
6503
6504
6505 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
6506 height should be changed. */
6507
6508 static int
6509 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
6510 struct frame *f;
6511 {
6512 struct window *w;
6513 struct it it;
6514 struct glyph_row *row;
6515 int change_height_p = 0;
6516
6517 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
6518 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
6519 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
6520 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
6521 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6522 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
6523 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
6524 return 0;
6525
6526 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
6527 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6528 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6529 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6530 row = it.glyph_row;
6531
6532 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
6533 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
6534 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6535
6536 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
6537 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
6538 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6539
6540 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
6541 window, so don't do it. */
6542 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
6543 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6544
6545 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
6546 {
6547 int nlines;
6548
6549 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
6550 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
6551 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
6552 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
6553 if (!row->displays_text_p
6554 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
6555 change_height_p = 1;
6556
6557 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
6558 change the tool-bar's height. */
6559 if (row->displays_text_p
6560 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
6561 change_height_p = 1;
6562
6563 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
6564 frame parameter. */
6565 if (change_height_p
6566 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
6567 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
6568 {
6569 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
6570 Lisp_Object frame;
6571
6572 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6573 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6574 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
6575 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
6576 make_number (nlines)),
6577 Qnil));
6578 fonts_changed_p = 1;
6579 }
6580 }
6581
6582 return change_height_p;
6583 }
6584
6585
6586 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
6587 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
6588 properties start in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
6589 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
6590
6591 int
6592 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
6593 struct frame *f;
6594 struct glyph *glyph;
6595 int *prop_idx;
6596 {
6597 Lisp_Object prop;
6598 int success_p;
6599
6600 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
6601 property is the start index of this item's properties in
6602 F->current_tool_bar_items. */
6603 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6604 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
6605 if (INTEGERP (prop))
6606 {
6607 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
6608 success_p = 1;
6609 }
6610 else
6611 success_p = 0;
6612
6613 return success_p;
6614 }
6615
6616 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6617
6618
6619 \f
6620 /************************************************************************
6621 Horizontal scrolling
6622 ************************************************************************/
6623
6624 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6625 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6626
6627 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
6628 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
6629 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
6630 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
6631 changed. */
6632
6633 static int
6634 hscroll_window_tree (window)
6635 Lisp_Object window;
6636 {
6637 int hscrolled_p = 0;
6638
6639 while (WINDOWP (window))
6640 {
6641 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
6642
6643 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
6644 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
6645 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
6646 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
6647 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
6648 {
6649 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
6650 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
6651 struct glyph_row *cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
6652 w->cursor.vpos);
6653
6654 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
6655 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
6656
6657 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
6658 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
6659
6660 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
6661 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
6662 || (cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
6663 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
6664 {
6665 struct it it;
6666 int hscroll;
6667 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
6668 int pt;
6669
6670 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
6671 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6672 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6673
6674 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
6675 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
6676 else
6677 {
6678 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
6679 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
6680 pt = min (ZV, pt);
6681 }
6682
6683 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
6684 a line with infinite width. */
6685 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
6686 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
6687 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6688 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
6689
6690 /* Center cursor in window. */
6691 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
6692 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
6693
6694 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
6695 changed because it will prevent redisplay
6696 optimizations. */
6697 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
6698 {
6699 Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_number (hscroll));
6700 hscrolled_p = 1;
6701 }
6702 }
6703 }
6704
6705 window = w->next;
6706 }
6707
6708 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
6709 return hscrolled_p;
6710 }
6711
6712
6713 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
6714 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
6715 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
6716 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
6717 of WINDOW are cleared. */
6718
6719 static int
6720 hscroll_windows (window)
6721 Lisp_Object window;
6722 {
6723 int hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
6724 if (hscrolled_p)
6725 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
6726 return hscrolled_p;
6727 }
6728
6729
6730 \f
6731 /************************************************************************
6732 Redisplay
6733 ************************************************************************/
6734
6735 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
6736 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
6737 session. */
6738
6739 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
6740
6741 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
6742
6743 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
6744 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
6745
6746 /* Delta vpos and y. */
6747
6748 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
6749
6750 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
6751
6752 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
6753
6754 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
6755 try_window_id. */
6756
6757 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
6758
6759 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
6760 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
6761 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
6762 resulting string to stderr. */
6763
6764 static void
6765 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
6766 struct window *w;
6767 char *fmt;
6768 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
6769 {
6770 char buffer[512];
6771 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
6772 int len = strlen (method);
6773 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
6774 int remaining = size - len - 1;
6775
6776 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
6777 if (len && remaining)
6778 {
6779 method[len] = '|';
6780 --remaining, ++len;
6781 }
6782
6783 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
6784
6785 if (trace_redisplay_p)
6786 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
6787 w,
6788 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
6789 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
6790 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
6791 : "no buffer"),
6792 buffer);
6793 }
6794
6795 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
6796
6797
6798 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
6799 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
6800 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
6801 cleared. */
6802
6803 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
6804 static int clear_face_cache_count;
6805
6806 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
6807
6808 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
6809
6810 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
6811
6812 int redisplaying_p;
6813
6814
6815 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
6816 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
6817 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
6818 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
6819
6820 static INLINE int
6821 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
6822 struct window *w;
6823 int start, end;
6824 {
6825 int unchanged_p = 1;
6826
6827 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
6828 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
6829 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
6830 {
6831 /* Gap in the line? */
6832 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
6833 unchanged_p = 0;
6834
6835 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
6836 if (unchanged_p
6837 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
6838 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
6839 unchanged_p = 0;
6840
6841 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
6842 beginning of the line. */
6843 if (unchanged_p
6844 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
6845 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
6846 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
6847 unchanged_p = 0;
6848 }
6849
6850 return unchanged_p;
6851 }
6852
6853
6854 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
6855 the main external entry point for redisplay.
6856
6857 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
6858 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
6859 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
6860
6861 void
6862 redisplay ()
6863 {
6864 redisplay_internal (0);
6865 }
6866
6867
6868 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
6869 in window W. */
6870
6871 static INLINE void
6872 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
6873 struct window *w;
6874 struct buffer *b;
6875 {
6876 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
6877 b->clip_changed = 1;
6878 else if (b->clip_changed
6879 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
6880 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
6881 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
6882 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
6883 b->clip_changed = 0;
6884 }
6885
6886
6887 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
6888 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
6889 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
6890 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
6891 causes some problems. */
6892
6893 static void
6894 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
6895 int preserve_echo_area;
6896 {
6897 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
6898 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6899 int pause;
6900 int must_finish = 0;
6901 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
6902 int number_of_visible_frames;
6903 int count;
6904
6905 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
6906 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
6907 int consider_all_windows_p;
6908
6909 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
6910
6911 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
6912 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
6913 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
6914 if (noninteractive
6915 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
6916 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6917 return;
6918
6919 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
6920 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
6921 update necessary. */
6922 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
6923 {
6924 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
6925 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
6926 return;
6927 }
6928
6929 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6930 if (popup_activated ())
6931 return;
6932 #endif
6933
6934 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
6935 if (redisplaying_p)
6936 return;
6937
6938 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
6939 when we leave this function. */
6940 count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6941 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
6942 ++redisplaying_p;
6943
6944 retry:
6945
6946 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
6947
6948 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
6949 necessary, do it. */
6950 if (fonts_changed_p)
6951 {
6952 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
6953 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6954 fonts_changed_p = 0;
6955 }
6956
6957 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (selected_frame)
6958 && previous_terminal_frame != selected_frame)
6959 {
6960 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
6961 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
6962 thing. */
6963 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6964 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (selected_frame);
6965 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, selected_frame);
6966 }
6967 previous_terminal_frame = selected_frame;
6968
6969 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
6970 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
6971 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
6972 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
6973 {
6974 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6975
6976 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
6977
6978 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6979 {
6980 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6981
6982 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
6983 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
6984 ++number_of_visible_frames;
6985 clear_desired_matrices (f);
6986 }
6987 }
6988
6989 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
6990 do_pending_window_change (1);
6991
6992 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
6993 if (frame_garbaged)
6994 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6995
6996 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
6997 prepare_menu_bars ();
6998
6999 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7000 update_mode_lines++;
7001
7002 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7003 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7004 {
7005 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7006 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7007 update_mode_lines++;
7008 }
7009
7010 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7011 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7012 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7013 where no change is needed. */
7014 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7015 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7016 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7017 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7018 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7019
7020 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
7021
7022 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7023 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7024 there. */
7025 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
7026
7027 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7028 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7029 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
7030 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
7031 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7032
7033 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7034 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7035 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
7036 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
7037 the echo area should be cleared. */
7038 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7039 {
7040 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
7041 must_finish = 1;
7042
7043 if (fonts_changed_p)
7044 goto retry;
7045 else if (window_height_changed_p)
7046 {
7047 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7048 ++update_mode_lines;
7049 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7050
7051 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7052 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7053 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7054 if (frame_garbaged)
7055 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7056 }
7057 }
7058 else if (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
7059 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
7060 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7061 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7062 && resize_mini_window (w))
7063 {
7064 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
7065 showing if its contents might have changed. */
7066 must_finish = 1;
7067 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7068 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7069 ++update_mode_lines;
7070
7071 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7072 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7073 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7074 if (frame_garbaged)
7075 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7076 }
7077
7078
7079 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
7080 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
7081 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
7082 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7083 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7084 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
7085 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
7086 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
7087 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
7088 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7089
7090 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
7091 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
7092 set in display_line and record information about the line
7093 containing the cursor. */
7094 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
7095 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
7096 if (!consider_all_windows_p
7097 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
7098 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7099 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
7100 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7101 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7102 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
7103 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
7104 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7105 && NILP (w->force_start)
7106 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
7107 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
7108 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7109 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
7110 must be unchanged */
7111 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
7112 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
7113 {
7114 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
7115 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
7116 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
7117 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
7118 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
7119 goto cancel;
7120 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7121 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
7122 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
7123 {
7124 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
7125 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
7126 line 885).
7127
7128 For instance, in the following case:
7129
7130 -------- Insert --------
7131 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
7132 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
7133 ^^ ^^
7134 -------- --------
7135
7136 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
7137
7138 struct it it;
7139 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
7140
7141 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
7142 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
7143 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
7144
7145 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
7146 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
7147 goto cancel;
7148
7149 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
7150 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
7151 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
7152 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7153 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7154 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
7155 display_line (&it);
7156
7157 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
7158 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
7159 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
7160 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
7161 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
7162 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7163 /* Line ends as before. */
7164 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7165 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
7166 would have to be shifted up or down. */
7167 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
7168 {
7169 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
7170 the charstarts of the lines below. */
7171 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7172 {
7173 struct glyph_row *row
7174 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
7175 int delta, delta_bytes;
7176
7177 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
7178 {
7179 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
7180 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
7181 delta = (Z
7182 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7183 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7184 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7185 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7186 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7187 }
7188 else
7189 {
7190 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
7191 account of the newline and the rest of the
7192 text that follows. */
7193 delta = (Z
7194 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7195 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7196 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7197 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7198 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7199 }
7200
7201 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (w->current_matrix,
7202 this_line_vpos + 1,
7203 w->current_matrix->nrows,
7204 delta, delta_bytes);
7205 }
7206
7207 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
7208 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
7209 adjusted. */
7210 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
7211 {
7212 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
7213 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
7214 }
7215 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
7216 && this_line_vpos > 0)
7217 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
7218 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
7219
7220 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
7221 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7222
7223 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7224 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
7225 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
7226 #endif
7227 goto update;
7228 }
7229 else
7230 goto cancel;
7231 }
7232 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
7233 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7234 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
7235 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
7236 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
7237 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
7238 {
7239 if (!must_finish)
7240 {
7241 do_pending_window_change (1);
7242
7243 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
7244 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
7245 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
7246 goto end_of_redisplay;
7247 }
7248 goto update;
7249 }
7250 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
7251 then we can't just move the cursor. */
7252 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7253 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
7254 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7255 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7256 && NILP (w->region_showing)
7257 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
7258 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
7259 {
7260 struct it it;
7261 struct glyph_row *row;
7262
7263 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
7264 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
7265 next visible position. */
7266 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
7267 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7268 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
7269 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7270 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7271
7272 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
7273 moves over before-strings. */
7274 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7275
7276 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
7277 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
7278 row->enabled_p))
7279 {
7280 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
7281 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
7282 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7283 goto update;
7284 }
7285 else
7286 goto cancel;
7287 }
7288
7289 cancel:
7290 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
7291 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
7292 }
7293
7294 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7295 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
7296 ++clear_face_cache_count;
7297
7298
7299 /* Build desired matrices. If consider_all_windows_p is non-zero,
7300 do it for all windows on all frames. Otherwise do it for
7301 selected_window, only. */
7302
7303 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7304 {
7305 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7306
7307 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
7308 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
7309 {
7310 clear_face_cache (0);
7311 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
7312 }
7313
7314 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
7315 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
7316 buffer_shared = 0;
7317
7318 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7319 {
7320 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7321 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == selected_frame)
7322 {
7323 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
7324 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
7325 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
7326 (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7327
7328 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7329 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
7330
7331 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
7332 nuked should now go away. */
7333 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
7334 (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7335 }
7336 }
7337 }
7338 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (selected_frame)
7339 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (selected_frame))
7340 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
7341
7342
7343 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
7344
7345 update:
7346
7347 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
7348 if (fonts_changed_p)
7349 goto retry;
7350
7351 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
7352 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
7353 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
7354 if (interrupt_input)
7355 unrequest_sigio ();
7356 stop_polling ();
7357
7358 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7359 {
7360 Lisp_Object tail;
7361
7362 pause = 0;
7363
7364 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7365 {
7366 struct frame *f;
7367
7368 if (!FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)))
7369 continue;
7370
7371 f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
7372
7373 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == selected_frame)
7374 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7375 {
7376 /* Mark all windows as to be updated. */
7377 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
7378 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
7379 if (!pause)
7380 {
7381 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
7382 goto retry;
7383
7384 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
7385 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7386 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
7387 }
7388 }
7389 }
7390 }
7391 else
7392 {
7393 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (selected_frame)
7394 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (selected_frame))
7395 {
7396 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7397 pause = update_frame (selected_frame, 0, 0);
7398 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7399 goto retry;
7400 }
7401 else
7402 pause = 0;
7403
7404 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
7405 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
7406 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
7407 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
7408 it here. */
7409 {
7410 Lisp_Object mini_window;
7411 struct frame *mini_frame;
7412
7413 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
7414 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
7415
7416 if (mini_frame != selected_frame && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
7417 {
7418 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7419 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
7420 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
7421 goto retry;
7422 }
7423 }
7424 }
7425
7426 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
7427 thorough update the next time. */
7428 if (pause)
7429 {
7430 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
7431 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
7432 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
7433 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7434
7435 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
7436 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
7437 {
7438 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7439 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7440 }
7441
7442 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
7443 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
7444 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
7445 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
7446 update_mode_lines = 1;
7447 }
7448
7449 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
7450 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
7451 if (!pause)
7452 {
7453 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7454
7455 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
7456 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
7457 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
7458 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
7459
7460 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7461 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (selected_frame), 1);
7462 else
7463 {
7464 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
7465 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7466 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7467
7468 b->clip_changed = 0;
7469 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7470 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7471 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
7472 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
7473 w->last_had_star
7474 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7475 ? Qt : Qnil);
7476
7477 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7478 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7479 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7480 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7481 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7482 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
7483 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
7484 : Qnil);
7485
7486 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7487 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7488 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7489 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7490 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (selected_frame);
7491
7492 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7493 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7494 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7495 }
7496
7497 update_mode_lines = 0;
7498 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
7499 }
7500
7501 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
7502 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
7503 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
7504 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
7505 if (interrupt_input)
7506 request_sigio ();
7507 start_polling ();
7508
7509 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
7510 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
7511 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
7512 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
7513 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
7514 frames here explicitly. */
7515 if (!pause)
7516 {
7517 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7518 int new_count = 0;
7519
7520 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7521 {
7522 int this_is_visible = 0;
7523
7524 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7525 this_is_visible = 1;
7526 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
7527 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7528 this_is_visible = 1;
7529
7530 if (this_is_visible)
7531 new_count++;
7532 }
7533
7534 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
7535 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7536 }
7537
7538 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
7539 do_pending_window_change (1);
7540
7541 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
7542 visible frames, redisplay again. */
7543 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
7544 goto retry;
7545
7546 end_of_redisplay:;
7547
7548 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7549 }
7550
7551
7552 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
7553 another message has been requested in its place.
7554
7555 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
7556 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
7557 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
7558 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
7559
7560 void
7561 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
7562 {
7563 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7564 {
7565 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
7566 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
7567 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
7568 redisplay_internal (1);
7569 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
7570 }
7571 else
7572 redisplay_internal (1);
7573 }
7574
7575
7576 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
7577 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
7578 in progress. */
7579
7580 static Lisp_Object
7581 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
7582 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
7583 {
7584 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
7585 return Qnil;
7586 }
7587
7588
7589 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
7590 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
7591 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
7592 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
7593
7594 void
7595 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
7596 Lisp_Object window;
7597 int accurate_p;
7598 {
7599 struct window *w;
7600
7601 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
7602 {
7603 w = XWINDOW (window);
7604
7605 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
7606 {
7607 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7608
7609 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
7610 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7611 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
7612 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7613 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
7614 ? Qt : Qnil);
7615
7616 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
7617 Let's check it. */
7618 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7619 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7620 w->region_showing
7621 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7622 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7623 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7624 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
7625 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
7626 : Qnil));
7627 #endif
7628
7629 if (accurate_p)
7630 {
7631 b->clip_changed = 0;
7632 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7633 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7634 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7635 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7636 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7637 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7638 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7639 w->last_point = BUF_PT (b);
7640 else
7641 w->last_point = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
7642 }
7643 }
7644
7645 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7646 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7647
7648 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
7649 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
7650 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
7651 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
7652 }
7653
7654 if (accurate_p)
7655 {
7656 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7657 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7658 }
7659 else
7660 {
7661 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
7662 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
7663 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
7664 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7665 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7666 }
7667 }
7668
7669
7670 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
7671 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
7672 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
7673 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
7674
7675 Lisp_Object
7676 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
7677 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
7678 int c;
7679 {
7680 int code[4], i;
7681 Lisp_Object val;
7682
7683 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
7684 return (dp->contents[c]);
7685
7686 SPLIT_NON_ASCII_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
7687 if (code[0] != CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
7688 {
7689 if (code[1] < 32)
7690 code[1] = -1;
7691 else if (code[2] < 32)
7692 code[2] = -1;
7693 }
7694
7695 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
7696 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
7697 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
7698 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
7699 code[0] += 128;
7700 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
7701
7702 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
7703 {
7704 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
7705 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
7706 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
7707 }
7708
7709 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
7710 it. */
7711 return (dp->defalt);
7712 }
7713
7714
7715 \f
7716 /***********************************************************************
7717 Window Redisplay
7718 ***********************************************************************/
7719
7720 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
7721
7722 static void
7723 redisplay_windows (window)
7724 Lisp_Object window;
7725 {
7726 while (!NILP (window))
7727 {
7728 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7729
7730 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
7731 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
7732 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
7733 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
7734 else
7735 redisplay_window (window, 0);
7736
7737 window = w->next;
7738 }
7739 }
7740
7741
7742 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
7743 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
7744 differ from current buffer positions. */
7745
7746 void
7747 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
7748 struct window *w;
7749 struct glyph_row *row;
7750 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
7751 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
7752 {
7753 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7754 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7755 int x = row->x;
7756 int pt_old = PT - delta;
7757
7758 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7759 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7760 frames. */
7761 if (row->displays_text_p)
7762 while (glyph < end
7763 && !glyph->object
7764 && glyph->charpos < 0)
7765 {
7766 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7767 ++glyph;
7768 }
7769
7770 while (glyph < end
7771 && glyph->object
7772 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
7773 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
7774 {
7775 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7776 ++glyph;
7777 }
7778
7779 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7780 w->cursor.x = x;
7781 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
7782 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
7783
7784 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7785 {
7786 if (!row->continued_p
7787 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
7788 && row->x == 0)
7789 {
7790 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7791
7792 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7793 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
7794 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7795 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
7796
7797 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
7798 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
7799 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
7800 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
7801
7802 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
7803 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
7804 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
7805 this_line_start_x = row->x;
7806 }
7807 else
7808 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7809 }
7810 }
7811
7812
7813 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
7814 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position. */
7815
7816 static INLINE struct text_pos
7817 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
7818 Lisp_Object window;
7819 struct text_pos startp;
7820 {
7821 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7822 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
7823
7824 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
7825 {
7826 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
7827 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
7828 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
7829 }
7830
7831 return startp;
7832 }
7833
7834
7835 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
7836 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
7837
7838 static void
7839 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
7840 struct window *w;
7841 {
7842 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
7843 struct glyph_row *row;
7844 int header_line_height;
7845
7846 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
7847 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
7848 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
7849 return;
7850
7851 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
7852 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7853
7854 /* If row->y == top y of window display area, the window isn't tall
7855 enough to display a single line. There is nothing we can do
7856 about it. */
7857 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
7858 if (row->y == header_line_height)
7859 return;
7860
7861 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
7862 {
7863 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
7864 w->vscroll = 0;
7865 w->cursor.y += dy;
7866 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
7867 }
7868 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row))
7869 {
7870 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
7871 w->vscroll = dy;
7872 w->cursor.y += dy;
7873 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
7874 }
7875
7876 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
7877 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
7878 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
7879 the correct y-position. */
7880 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7881 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
7882 }
7883
7884
7885 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
7886 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
7887 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
7888 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
7889 the case that only the cursor has moved.
7890
7891 Value is
7892
7893 1 if scrolling succeeded
7894
7895 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
7896
7897 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
7898 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
7899
7900 static int
7901 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
7902 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
7903 Lisp_Object window;
7904 int just_this_one_p;
7905 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
7906 int temp_scroll_step;
7907 {
7908 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7909 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7910 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
7911 struct text_pos pos;
7912 struct text_pos startp;
7913 struct it it;
7914 Lisp_Object window_end;
7915 int this_scroll_margin;
7916 int dy = 0;
7917 int scroll_max;
7918 int line_height, rc;
7919 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
7920 Lisp_Object aggressive;
7921 int height;
7922
7923 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7924 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
7925 #endif
7926
7927 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
7928
7929 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
7930 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
7931 if (scroll_margin > 0)
7932 {
7933 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
7934 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7935 }
7936 else
7937 this_scroll_margin = 0;
7938
7939 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
7940 into view. */
7941 if (scroll_step)
7942 scroll_max = scroll_step;
7943 else if (scroll_conservatively)
7944 scroll_max = scroll_conservatively;
7945 else if (temp_scroll_step)
7946 scroll_max = temp_scroll_step;
7947 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
7948 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
7949 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
7950 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
7951 there should be a variable for this. */
7952 scroll_max = 10;
7953 else
7954 scroll_max = 0;
7955 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7956
7957 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
7958 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
7959 margin. */
7960 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
7961 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
7962 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
7963 if (this_scroll_margin)
7964 {
7965 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
7966 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
7967 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
7968 }
7969
7970 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
7971 {
7972 int y0;
7973
7974 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
7975 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
7976
7977 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
7978 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
7979 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
7980 y0 = it.current_y;
7981 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
7982 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
7983 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
7984 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
7985 : last_height);
7986 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
7987 if (dy > scroll_max)
7988 return 0;
7989
7990 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
7991 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
7992 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
7993 start_display (&it, w, startp);
7994
7995 if (scroll_conservatively)
7996 amount_to_scroll = dy;
7997 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
7998 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
7999 else
8000 {
8001 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
8002 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8003 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8004 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8005 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8006 }
8007
8008 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8009 return 0;
8010
8011 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
8012 startp = it.current.pos;
8013 }
8014 else
8015 {
8016 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8017 window. */
8018 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
8019 if (this_scroll_margin)
8020 {
8021 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8022 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
8023 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8024 }
8025
8026 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8027 {
8028 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
8029 above what is displayed in the window. */
8030 int y0;
8031
8032 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
8033 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
8034 scroll_max. */
8035 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
8036 start_display (&it, w, pos);
8037 y0 = it.current_y;
8038 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
8039 it.last_visible_y, -1,
8040 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8041 dy = it.current_y - y0;
8042 if (dy > scroll_max)
8043 return 0;
8044
8045 /* Compute new window start. */
8046 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8047
8048 if (scroll_conservatively)
8049 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8050 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8051 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8052 else
8053 {
8054 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
8055 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8056 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8057 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8058 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8059 }
8060
8061 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8062 return 0;
8063
8064 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
8065 startp = it.current.pos;
8066 }
8067 }
8068
8069 /* Run window scroll functions. */
8070 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8071
8072 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
8073 doesn't appear. */
8074 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8075 rc = -1;
8076 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8077 {
8078 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8079 rc = 0;
8080 }
8081 else
8082 {
8083 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
8084 if (!just_this_one_p
8085 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8086 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8087 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8088
8089 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
8090 lines up or down. */
8091 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8092 rc = 1;
8093 }
8094
8095 return rc;
8096 }
8097
8098
8099 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
8100 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
8101 was computed.
8102
8103 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
8104 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
8105 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
8106
8107 static int
8108 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
8109 struct window *w;
8110 {
8111 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
8112 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
8113
8114 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
8115
8116 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
8117 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
8118 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
8119 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
8120 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
8121 {
8122 struct it it;
8123 struct glyph_row *row;
8124
8125 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
8126 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
8127 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
8128 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
8129 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8130 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
8131
8132 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
8133 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
8134 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
8135 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
8136 {
8137 int min_distance, distance;
8138
8139 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
8140 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
8141 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
8142 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
8143 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
8144 minimum distance from the old window start. */
8145 pos = it.current.pos;
8146 min_distance = INFINITY;
8147 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
8148 distance < min_distance)
8149 {
8150 min_distance = distance;
8151 pos = it.current.pos;
8152 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8153 }
8154
8155 /* Set the window start there. */
8156 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
8157 window_start_changed_p = 1;
8158 }
8159 }
8160
8161 return window_start_changed_p;
8162 }
8163
8164
8165 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
8166 selected_window is redisplayed. */
8167
8168 static void
8169 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
8170 Lisp_Object window;
8171 int just_this_one_p;
8172 {
8173 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8174 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8175 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8176 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
8177 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
8178 int update_mode_line;
8179 int tem;
8180 struct it it;
8181 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
8182 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
8183 int really_switched_buffer = 0;
8184 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
8185 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
8186
8187 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8188 opoint = lpoint;
8189
8190 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
8191 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
8192 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8193 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8194 #endif
8195
8196 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
8197
8198 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
8199
8200 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
8201 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8202 || update_mode_lines
8203 || buffer->clip_changed);
8204
8205 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8206 {
8207 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
8208 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
8209 {
8210 if (update_mode_line)
8211 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
8212 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
8213 goto finish_menu_bars;
8214 else
8215 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
8216 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8217 }
8218 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
8219 {
8220 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
8221 active one, so clear it. */
8222 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
8223 struct glyph_row *row;
8224 int y;
8225
8226 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
8227 y < yb;
8228 y += row->height, ++row)
8229 blank_row (w, row, y);
8230 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8231 }
8232 }
8233
8234 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
8235 value. */
8236 if (update_mode_line)
8237 {
8238 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
8239 variables. */
8240 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8241 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8242 }
8243 else
8244 set_buffer_temp (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8245 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8246
8247 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8248 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8249 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8250 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8251 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
8252
8253 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
8254 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
8255 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8256 {
8257 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
8258 window start in case the window's width changed. */
8259 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
8260 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
8261
8262 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8263 }
8264
8265 /* Some sanity checks. */
8266 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
8267 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
8268 abort ();
8269 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
8270 abort ();
8271
8272 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
8273 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8274 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8275 where no change is needed. */
8276 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8277 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8278 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8279 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8280 update_mode_line = 1;
8281
8282 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
8283 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
8284 if (!just_this_one_p)
8285 {
8286 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
8287 current_base = current_buffer;
8288 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
8289 if (current_base->base_buffer)
8290 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
8291 if (window_base->base_buffer)
8292 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
8293 if (current_base == window_base)
8294 buffer_shared++;
8295 }
8296
8297 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
8298 window, set up appropriate value. */
8299 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
8300 {
8301 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
8302 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
8303 if (new_pt < BEGV)
8304 {
8305 new_pt = BEGV;
8306 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
8307 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8308 }
8309 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
8310 {
8311 new_pt = ZV;
8312 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
8313 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8314 }
8315
8316 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
8317 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
8318 }
8319
8320 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
8321 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
8322 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
8323 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
8324 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
8325 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
8326 {
8327 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
8328
8329 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
8330 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
8331 {
8332 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
8333 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
8334 BEG, Z);
8335 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
8336 }
8337 }
8338
8339 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
8340 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
8341 goto recenter;
8342
8343 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8344
8345 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
8346 check whether it can be used. */
8347 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start))
8348 {
8349 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
8350 /* This takes a mini-buffer prompt into account. */
8351 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8352 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8353 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8354 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
8355 w->force_start = Qt;
8356 }
8357
8358 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
8359 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
8360 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
8361 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
8362 {
8363 w->force_start = Qnil;
8364 w->vscroll = 0;
8365 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8366
8367 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8368 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8369 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
8370 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8371
8372 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
8373 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
8374 because we have scrolled. */
8375 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
8376 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
8377 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
8378 and having them get more errors. */
8379 if (!update_mode_line
8380 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8381 {
8382 if (!really_switched_buffer)
8383 {
8384 set_buffer_temp (old);
8385 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8386 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8387 }
8388
8389 update_mode_line = 1;
8390 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8391 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8392 }
8393
8394 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
8395 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
8396 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
8397 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8398 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
8399 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8400
8401 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
8402 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
8403 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8404 {
8405 w->force_start = Qt;
8406 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8407 goto restore_buffers;
8408 }
8409
8410 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
8411 {
8412 /* If point does not appear, or on a line that is not fully
8413 visible, move point so it does appear. The desired
8414 matrix has been built above, so we can use it. */
8415 int height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
8416 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, 0);
8417
8418 while (row->y < height)
8419 ++row;
8420
8421 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
8422 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8423
8424 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
8425 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
8426 else if (current_buffer == old)
8427 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8428
8429 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8430
8431 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
8432 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
8433 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8434 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8435 {
8436 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8437 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8438 goto restore_buffers;
8439 }
8440 }
8441
8442 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8443 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8444 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
8445 #endif
8446 goto done;
8447 }
8448
8449 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
8450 not moved off the frame. */
8451 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8452 /* Point may be in this window. */
8453 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8454 /* If we don't check this, we are called to move the cursor in a
8455 horizontally split window with a current matrix that doesn't
8456 fit the display. */
8457 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
8458 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
8459 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8460 /* If force-mode-line-update was called, really redisplay;
8461 that's how redisplay is forced after e.g. changing
8462 buffer-invisibility-spec. */
8463 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8464 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
8465 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
8466 set the cursor. */
8467 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8468 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8469 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8470 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8471 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
8472 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
8473 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
8474 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
8475 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
8476 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
8477 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
8478 handles the same cases. */
8479 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
8480 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
8481 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
8482 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
8483 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
8484 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
8485 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
8486 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
8487 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8488 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
8489 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
8490 {
8491 int this_scroll_margin;
8492 struct glyph_row *row;
8493 int scroll_p;
8494
8495 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8496 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
8497 #endif
8498
8499 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
8500 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
8501 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
8502 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
8503 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8504
8505 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
8506 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
8507 if (w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
8508 goto try_to_scroll;
8509 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
8510 if (row->mode_line_p)
8511 ++row;
8512 if (!row->enabled_p)
8513 goto try_to_scroll;
8514
8515 scroll_p = 0;
8516 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8517 {
8518 /* Point has moved forward. */
8519 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
8520
8521 while ((MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
8522 /* The end position of a row equals the start
8523 position of the next row. If PT is there, we
8524 would rather display it in the next line, except
8525 when this line ends in ZV. */
8526 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8527 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
8528 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
8529 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
8530 {
8531 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8532 ++row;
8533 }
8534
8535 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
8536 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which the
8537 next line would be drawn, and that this_scroll_margin can
8538 be zero. */
8539 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
8540 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8541 /* Line is completely visible last line in window and PT
8542 is to be set in the next line. */
8543 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
8544 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8545 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
8546 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8547 scroll_p = 1;
8548 }
8549 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8550 {
8551 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
8552 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer if-statement. */
8553 while (!row->mode_line_p
8554 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
8555 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8556 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8557 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
8558 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
8559 {
8560 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8561 --row;
8562 }
8563
8564 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there
8565 is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display
8566 starts at some point START > BEGV. It can happen that
8567 we are called with PT somewhere between BEGV and START.
8568 Try to handle that case. */
8569 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
8570 || row->mode_line_p)
8571 {
8572 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8573 if (row->mode_line_p)
8574 ++row;
8575 }
8576
8577 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to skip
8578 forward over overlay strings. */
8579 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8580 && MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_OVERLAY_STRING_P (row)
8581 && !row->ends_at_zv_p)
8582 ++row;
8583
8584 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
8585 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
8586 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
8587 scroll_p = 1;
8588 }
8589
8590 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
8591 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
8592 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
8593 goto try_to_scroll;
8594
8595 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's make it fully
8596 visible. This can be done most easily by using the existing
8597 scrolling code. */
8598 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8599 {
8600 temp_scroll_step = 1;
8601 goto try_to_scroll;
8602 }
8603 else if (scroll_p)
8604 goto try_to_scroll;
8605
8606 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8607 goto done;
8608 }
8609
8610 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
8611 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
8612 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
8613 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
8614 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
8615 {
8616 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8617 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
8618 #endif
8619 goto recenter;
8620 }
8621
8622 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
8623 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
8624 !windows_or_buffers_changed
8625 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
8626 be full width. */
8627 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8628 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
8629 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8630 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
8631 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8632 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
8633 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
8634 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
8635 /* Selective display has not changed. */
8636 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8637 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
8638 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8639 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
8640 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
8641 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8642 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8643 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8644 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8645 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
8646 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
8647 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
8648 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
8649 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
8650 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
8651 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
8652 {
8653 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8654 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id");
8655 #endif
8656
8657 if (fonts_changed_p)
8658 goto restore_buffers;
8659 if (tem > 0)
8660 goto done;
8661 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
8662 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
8663 }
8664 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8665 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
8666 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8667 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
8668 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
8669 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
8670 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8671 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
8672 {
8673 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8674 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
8675 #endif
8676
8677 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
8678 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
8679 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8680 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8681 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8682 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
8683 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8684 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
8685 {
8686 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
8687 try_window (window, startp);
8688 }
8689
8690 if (fonts_changed_p)
8691 goto restore_buffers;
8692
8693 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
8694 {
8695 if (!just_this_one_p
8696 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8697 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8698 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8699 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8700
8701 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8702 goto done;
8703 }
8704 else
8705 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8706 }
8707
8708 try_to_scroll:
8709
8710 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
8711 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
8712
8713 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
8714 if (!update_mode_line)
8715 {
8716 if (!really_switched_buffer)
8717 {
8718 set_buffer_temp (old);
8719 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8720 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8721 }
8722 update_mode_line = 1;
8723 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8724 }
8725
8726 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
8727 if ((scroll_conservatively
8728 || scroll_step
8729 || temp_scroll_step
8730 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
8731 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
8732 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8733 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8734 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
8735 {
8736 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
8737 successful, 0 if not successful. */
8738 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
8739 scroll_conservatively,
8740 scroll_step,
8741 temp_scroll_step);
8742 if (rc > 0)
8743 goto done;
8744 else if (rc < 0)
8745 goto restore_buffers;
8746 }
8747
8748 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
8749
8750 recenter:
8751
8752 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8753 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
8754 #endif
8755
8756 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
8757
8758 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
8759 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8760 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
8761 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8762
8763 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
8764 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8765 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
8766 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
8767 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
8768
8769 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
8770 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
8771 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
8772 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
8773 containing PT in this case. */
8774 if (it.current_y <= 0)
8775 {
8776 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8777 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
8778 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
8779 it.current_y = 0;
8780 }
8781
8782 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
8783
8784 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
8785 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
8786 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
8787
8788 /* Run scroll hooks. */
8789 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
8790
8791 /* Redisplay the window. */
8792 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8793 || windows_or_buffers_changed
8794 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8795 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8796 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
8797 || !just_this_one_p
8798 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8799 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
8800 try_window (window, startp);
8801
8802 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
8803 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
8804 matrices. */
8805 if (fonts_changed_p)
8806 goto restore_buffers;
8807
8808 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
8809 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
8810 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
8811 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
8812 line.) */
8813 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8814 {
8815 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8816 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
8817 {
8818 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8819 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8820 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
8821 }
8822 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
8823 {
8824 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8825 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
8826 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
8827 }
8828 else
8829 {
8830 /* Not much we can do about it. */
8831 }
8832 }
8833
8834 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
8835 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
8836 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
8837 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
8838 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8839 {
8840 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8841 if (row->mode_line_p)
8842 ++row;
8843 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8844 }
8845
8846 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8847
8848 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8849 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
8850 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
8851 ? Qt : Qnil);
8852
8853 done:
8854
8855 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
8856 if ((update_mode_line
8857 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
8858 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
8859 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
8860 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
8861 || (!just_this_one_p
8862 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8863 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
8864 /* Line number to display. */
8865 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
8866 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
8867 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8868 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
8869 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
8870 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
8871 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
8872 {
8873 display_mode_lines (w);
8874
8875 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
8876 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
8877 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
8878 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
8879 {
8880 fonts_changed_p = 1;
8881 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
8882 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
8883 }
8884
8885 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
8886 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
8887 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
8888 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
8889 {
8890 fonts_changed_p = 1;
8891 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
8892 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
8893 }
8894
8895 if (fonts_changed_p)
8896 goto restore_buffers;
8897 }
8898
8899 if (!line_number_displayed
8900 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
8901 {
8902 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
8903 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8904 }
8905
8906 finish_menu_bars:
8907
8908 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
8909 if (update_mode_line
8910 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
8911 {
8912 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
8913
8914 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
8915 {
8916 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
8917 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
8918 #else
8919 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
8920 #endif
8921 }
8922 else
8923 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
8924
8925 if (redisplay_menu_p)
8926 display_menu_bar (w);
8927
8928 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8929 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
8930 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
8931 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
8932 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
8933 #endif
8934 }
8935
8936 finish_scroll_bars:
8937
8938 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
8939 {
8940 int start, end, whole;
8941
8942 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
8943 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
8944 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
8945 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
8946 visible region.
8947
8948 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
8949 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8950 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
8951 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
8952 {
8953 whole = ZV - BEGV;
8954 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
8955 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
8956 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
8957 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
8958
8959 if (end < start)
8960 end = start;
8961 if (whole < (end - start))
8962 whole = end - start;
8963 }
8964 else
8965 start = end = whole = 0;
8966
8967 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
8968 (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) (w, end - start, whole, start);
8969
8970 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
8971 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
8972 (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) (w);
8973 }
8974
8975 restore_buffers:
8976
8977 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
8978 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
8979 if (really_switched_buffer)
8980 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
8981 else
8982 set_buffer_temp (old);
8983 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
8984
8985 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8986 }
8987
8988
8989 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
8990 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
8991 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
8992 glyph matrices necessary. */
8993
8994 int
8995 try_window (window, pos)
8996 Lisp_Object window;
8997 struct text_pos pos;
8998 {
8999 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9000 struct it it;
9001 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
9002
9003 /* Make POS the new window start. */
9004 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
9005
9006 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
9007 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9008 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9009
9010 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
9011 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9012
9013 /* Display all lines of W. */
9014 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9015 {
9016 if (display_line (&it))
9017 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9018 if (fonts_changed_p)
9019 return 0;
9020 }
9021
9022 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
9023 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
9024 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
9025 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9026
9027 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
9028 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
9029 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
9030 if (last_text_row)
9031 {
9032 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
9033 w->window_end_bytepos
9034 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9035 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9036 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9037 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9038 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9039 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
9040 ->displays_text_p);
9041 }
9042 else
9043 {
9044 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9045 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9046 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9047 }
9048
9049 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
9050 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9051 return 1;
9052 }
9053
9054
9055 \f
9056 /************************************************************************
9057 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
9058 ************************************************************************/
9059
9060 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
9061 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
9062 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
9063 W->start is the new window start. */
9064
9065 static int
9066 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
9067 struct window *w;
9068 {
9069 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9070 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
9071 struct it it;
9072 struct run run;
9073 struct text_pos start, new_start;
9074 int nrows_scrolled, i;
9075 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
9076 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
9077 struct glyph_row *start_row;
9078 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
9079
9080 /* Right now this function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
9081 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9082 return 0;
9083
9084 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
9085 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9086 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9087 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
9088 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
9089 return 0;
9090
9091 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
9092 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9093 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
9094 return 0;
9095
9096 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
9097 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
9098 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9099 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
9100 return 0;
9101
9102 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
9103 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
9104 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
9105 start = start_row->start.pos;
9106 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
9107
9108 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
9109 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9110
9111 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
9112 {
9113 int first_row_y;
9114
9115 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
9116
9117 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
9118 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
9119 text. */
9120 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
9121 first_row_y = it.current_y;
9122 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9123 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
9124 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
9125 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
9126 && !fonts_changed_p)
9127 if (display_line (&it))
9128 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9129
9130 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
9131 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
9132 have at least one reusable row. */
9133 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9134 {
9135 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
9136
9137 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
9138 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9139 {
9140 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
9141
9142 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9143 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9144 {
9145 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9146 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9147 {
9148 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
9149 dy, nrows_scrolled);
9150 break;
9151 }
9152
9153 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
9154 break;
9155
9156 ++row;
9157 }
9158
9159 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
9160 happen often; not more often than with try_window
9161 itself. */
9162 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9163 {
9164 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9165 return 0;
9166 }
9167 }
9168
9169 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
9170 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
9171 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
9172 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
9173 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
9174 in. */
9175 run.current_y = first_row_y;
9176 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
9177 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
9178 if (run.height > 0)
9179 {
9180 update_begin (f);
9181 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9182 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9183 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9184 update_end (f);
9185 }
9186
9187 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
9188 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9189 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9190 start_vpos,
9191 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9192 nrows_scrolled);
9193
9194 /* Disable lines not reused. */
9195 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
9196 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0;
9197
9198 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
9199 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix) + nrows_scrolled;
9200 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9201 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9202 while (row < bottom_row)
9203 {
9204 row->y = it.current_y;
9205
9206 if (row->y < min_y)
9207 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9208 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9209 row->visible_height
9210 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9211 else
9212 row->visible_height = row->height;
9213
9214 it.current_y += row->height;
9215 ++it.vpos;
9216
9217 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9218 last_reused_text_row = row;
9219 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
9220 break;
9221 ++row;
9222 }
9223 }
9224
9225 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
9226 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
9227 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
9228 containing text. */
9229 if (last_reused_text_row)
9230 {
9231 w->window_end_bytepos
9232 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
9233 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9234 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
9235 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9236 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
9237 w->current_matrix));
9238 }
9239 else if (last_text_row)
9240 {
9241 w->window_end_bytepos
9242 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9243 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9244 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9245 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9246 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9247 }
9248 else
9249 {
9250 /* This window must be completely empty. */
9251 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9252 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9253 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9254 }
9255 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9256
9257 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
9258 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9259
9260 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9261 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
9262 #endif
9263 return 1;
9264 }
9265 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
9266 {
9267 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
9268 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
9269 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
9270 int dy;
9271 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9272
9273 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
9274
9275 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
9276 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
9277 first_reusable_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9278 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9279 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
9280 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9281 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
9282 ++first_reusable_row;
9283
9284 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
9285 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
9286 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9287 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9288 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
9289 return 0;
9290
9291 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
9292 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
9293 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
9294 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
9295 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
9296 pt_row = NULL;
9297 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
9298 {
9299 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
9300 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
9301 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
9302
9303 ++first_row_to_display;
9304 }
9305
9306 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
9307 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
9308 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
9309 nrows_scrolled = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix);
9310 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
9311 - nrows_scrolled);
9312 it.current_y = first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y;
9313
9314 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
9315 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
9316 that displays text. */
9317 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9318 if (pt_row == NULL)
9319 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9320 last_text_row = NULL;
9321 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
9322 if (display_line (&it))
9323 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9324
9325 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
9326 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9327 {
9328 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9329 return 0;
9330 }
9331
9332 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
9333 position. */
9334 if (pt_row)
9335 {
9336 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
9337 w->current_matrix);
9338 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
9339 }
9340
9341 /* Scroll the display. */
9342 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
9343 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9344 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
9345 if (run.height)
9346 {
9347 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9348 update_begin (f);
9349 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9350 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9351 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9352 update_end (f);
9353 }
9354
9355 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
9356 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9357 row = first_reusable_row;
9358 dy = first_reusable_row->y;
9359 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9360 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9361 while (row < first_row_to_display)
9362 {
9363 row->y -= dy;
9364 if (row->y < min_y)
9365 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9366 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9367 row->visible_height
9368 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9369 else
9370 row->visible_height = row->height;
9371 ++row;
9372 }
9373
9374 /* Disable rows not reused. */
9375 while (row < bottom_row)
9376 {
9377 row->enabled_p = 0;
9378 ++row;
9379 }
9380
9381 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
9382 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
9383 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9384 start_vpos,
9385 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9386 -nrows_scrolled);
9387
9388 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
9389 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
9390 only its vpos can have changed. */
9391 if (last_text_row)
9392 {
9393 w->window_end_bytepos
9394 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9395 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9396 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9397 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9398 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9399 }
9400 else
9401 {
9402 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9403 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
9404 }
9405
9406 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9407 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9408
9409 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9410 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
9411 #endif
9412 return 1;
9413 }
9414
9415 return 0;
9416 }
9417
9418
9419 \f
9420 /************************************************************************
9421 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
9422 ************************************************************************/
9423
9424 static struct glyph_row *get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
9425 static struct glyph_row *get_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
9426 int *, int *));
9427 static struct glyph_row *
9428 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
9429 struct glyph_row *));
9430
9431
9432 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
9433 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
9434 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
9435 a pointer to the row found. */
9436
9437 static struct glyph_row *
9438 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
9439 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9440 struct it *it;
9441 struct glyph_row *start;
9442 {
9443 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
9444
9445 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
9446 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
9447 visible lines. */
9448 row_found = NULL;
9449 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
9450 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9451 {
9452 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9453 row_found = row;
9454 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
9455 break;
9456 ++row;
9457 }
9458
9459 return row_found;
9460 }
9461
9462
9463 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
9464 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
9465 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
9466
9467 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
9468 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
9469 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
9470 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
9471 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
9472 was built. */
9473
9474 static struct glyph_row *
9475 get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
9476 struct window *w;
9477 {
9478 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
9479 struct glyph_row *row;
9480 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9481 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9482
9483 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
9484 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9485 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
9486 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
9487 {
9488 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
9489 except in some case. */
9490 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
9491 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
9492 unchanged. */
9493 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9494 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
9495 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
9496 continued. */
9497 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
9498 && row->continued_p))
9499 row_found = row;
9500
9501 /* Stop if last visible row. */
9502 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
9503 break;
9504
9505 ++row;
9506 }
9507
9508 return row_found;
9509 }
9510
9511
9512 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
9513 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
9514 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
9515 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
9516 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
9517 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
9518 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
9519
9520 static struct glyph_row *
9521 get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
9522 struct window *w;
9523 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
9524 {
9525 struct glyph_row *row;
9526 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9527
9528 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
9529
9530 /* A value of window_end_pos >= end_unchanged means that the window
9531 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
9532 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
9533 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
9534 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
9535 return NULL;
9536
9537 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
9538 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
9539
9540 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
9541 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9542 {
9543 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
9544 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
9545 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
9546 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
9547 positions for characters not in changed text. */
9548 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
9549 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
9550 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
9551 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
9552 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9553
9554 *delta = Z - Z_old;
9555 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
9556
9557 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
9558 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
9559 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
9560 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
9561 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
9562 position. */
9563 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
9564 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
9565
9566 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
9567 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
9568 while (row >= first_text_row)
9569 {
9570 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9571 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
9572
9573 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
9574 row_found = row;
9575 --row;
9576 }
9577 }
9578
9579 xassert (!row_found || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found));
9580 return row_found;
9581 }
9582
9583
9584 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
9585 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
9586 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
9587 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
9588 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
9589
9590 static void
9591 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
9592 struct window *w;
9593 {
9594 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9595 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
9596
9597 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
9598 must have a frame matrix. */
9599 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
9600 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
9601 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
9602
9603 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
9604 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
9605 corresponding frame matrix. */
9606 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9607 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
9608 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
9609 while (window_row < window_row_end)
9610 {
9611 int area;
9612 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
9613 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
9614 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
9615 }
9616 }
9617
9618
9619 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
9620 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
9621 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
9622 containing CHARPOS or null. */
9623
9624 static struct glyph_row *
9625 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
9626 struct window *w;
9627 int charpos;
9628 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
9629 {
9630 struct glyph_row *row = start;
9631 int last_y;
9632
9633 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
9634 if (row->mode_line_p)
9635 ++row;
9636
9637 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
9638 return NULL;
9639
9640 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9641
9642 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
9643 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
9644 /* The end position of a row equals the start
9645 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
9646 would rather display it in the next line, except
9647 when this line ends in ZV. */
9648 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
9649 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
9650 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
9651 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9652 ++row;
9653
9654 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
9655 if ((end && row >= end)
9656 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9657 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9658 row = NULL;
9659
9660 return row;
9661 }
9662
9663
9664 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
9665 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
9666 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
9667
9668 Value is
9669
9670 1 if display has been updated
9671 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
9672 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
9673
9674 The following steps are performed:
9675
9676 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
9677 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
9678 is found, give up.
9679
9680 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
9681 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
9682
9683 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
9684 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
9685 the window.
9686
9687 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
9688
9689 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
9690 display and current matrix as needed.
9691
9692 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
9693 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
9694 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
9695 in smaller font sizes.
9696
9697 7. Update W's window end information. */
9698
9699 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
9700
9701 static int
9702 try_window_id (w)
9703 struct window *w;
9704 {
9705 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9706 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
9707 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
9708 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
9709 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
9710 struct glyph_row *row;
9711 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
9712 int bottom_vpos;
9713 struct it it;
9714 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
9715 struct text_pos start_pos;
9716 struct run run;
9717 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
9718 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
9719 struct text_pos start;
9720
9721 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
9722
9723 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
9724 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
9725 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
9726 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
9727 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
9728
9729 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
9730 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
9731 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
9732 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
9733 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF)
9734 {
9735 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
9736 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
9737 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
9738 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
9739 }
9740
9741 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
9742 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
9743 This case happens with stealth-fontification. */
9744 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
9745 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
9746 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
9747 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
9748 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9749 {
9750 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9751 size has changed. */
9752 w->window_end_pos
9753 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
9754 w->window_end_bytepos
9755 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
9756 return 1;
9757 }
9758
9759 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
9760 window, and if PT is in the window. */
9761 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9762 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9763 {
9764 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9765 size has changed. */
9766 w->window_end_pos
9767 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
9768 w->window_end_bytepos
9769 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
9770 return 1;
9771 }
9772
9773 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
9774 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
9775 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
9776 comparable. */
9777 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9778 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
9779 return 0;
9780
9781 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
9782 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
9783 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
9784 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
9785 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
9786 first line of window. */
9787 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
9788 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
9789 {
9790 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9791 start_pos = it.current.pos;
9792
9793 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
9794 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
9795 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
9796 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
9797 current_matrix);
9798 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9799 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9800
9801 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
9802 }
9803 else
9804 {
9805 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
9806 Start displaying in the first line. */
9807 start_display (&it, w, start);
9808 start_pos = it.current.pos;
9809 }
9810
9811 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
9812 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
9813 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
9814 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
9815 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
9816 changes. */
9817 first_unchanged_at_end_row
9818 = get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
9819 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
9820 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
9821
9822 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
9823 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
9824 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
9825 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
9826 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
9827 stop_pos = 0;
9828 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9829 {
9830 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
9831 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9832
9833 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
9834 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
9835 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
9836 not displaying text. */
9837 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9838 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9839 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9840 < it.last_visible_y))
9841 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
9842
9843 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9844 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9845 >= it.last_visible_y))
9846 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
9847 else
9848 {
9849 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9850 + delta);
9851 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
9852 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
9853 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
9854 }
9855 }
9856 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
9857 return 0;
9858
9859
9860 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9861
9862 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
9863 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
9864 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
9865 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
9866 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
9867
9868 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
9869 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
9870 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
9871 : -1);
9872 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
9873
9874 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9875
9876
9877 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
9878 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
9879 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
9880 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9881 last_text_row = NULL;
9882 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9883 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
9884 && !fonts_changed_p
9885 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
9886 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
9887 {
9888 if (display_line (&it))
9889 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9890 }
9891
9892 if (fonts_changed_p)
9893 return -1;
9894
9895
9896 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
9897 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
9898 scroll. */
9899 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
9900 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
9901 bottom of the window. */
9902 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9903 {
9904 dvpos = (it.vpos
9905 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
9906 current_matrix));
9907 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
9908 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
9909 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
9910 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
9911 }
9912 else
9913 {
9914 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
9915 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
9916 }
9917 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
9918
9919
9920 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
9921 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
9922 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
9923 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
9924 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
9925 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
9926 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
9927 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
9928 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9929 {
9930 int last_y = min (it.last_visible_y, it.last_visible_y + dy);
9931
9932 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
9933 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
9934 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
9935 {
9936 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
9937 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
9938 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
9939 xassert (row && row <= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9940 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9941 }
9942
9943 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
9944 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9945 {
9946 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
9947 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
9948 if (row)
9949 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
9950 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
9951 }
9952
9953 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
9954 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9955 {
9956 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9957 return -1;
9958 }
9959 }
9960
9961 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
9962 {
9963 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
9964
9965 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9966 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
9967 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9968 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
9969 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
9970
9971 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
9972 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
9973 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
9974 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
9975 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
9976 {
9977 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9978 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9979 return -1;
9980 }
9981 }
9982
9983 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
9984 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
9985 found. */
9986 if (dy)
9987 {
9988 update_begin (f);
9989
9990 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9991 {
9992 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9993 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9994 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9995 }
9996 else
9997 {
9998 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
9999 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
10000 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10001 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
10002 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10003 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
10004
10005 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
10006 if (dvpos > 0)
10007 {
10008 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
10009 window down dvpos lines. */
10010 set_terminal_window (end);
10011
10012 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
10013 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
10014 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10015 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
10016
10017 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
10018 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10019 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
10020 }
10021 else if (dvpos < 0)
10022 {
10023 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
10024 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
10025 set_terminal_window (end);
10026
10027 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
10028 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
10029 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
10030 line sequences. */
10031 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
10032
10033 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
10034 end. */
10035 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10036 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
10037 }
10038
10039 set_terminal_window (0);
10040 }
10041
10042 update_end (f);
10043 }
10044
10045 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
10046 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
10047 text. */
10048 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10049 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
10050 if (dvpos < 0)
10051 {
10052 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10053 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10054 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
10055 bottom_vpos, 0);
10056 }
10057 else if (dvpos > 0)
10058 {
10059 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10060 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10061 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10062 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
10063 }
10064
10065 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
10066 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
10067 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10068 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
10069
10070 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
10071 if (delta)
10072 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (current_matrix,
10073 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10074 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
10075
10076 /* Adjust Y positions. */
10077 if (dy)
10078 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
10079 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10080 bottom_vpos, dy);
10081
10082 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10083 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
10084
10085 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
10086 the window. */
10087 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
10088 if (dy < 0)
10089 {
10090 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
10091 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
10092 the matrix by dvpos. */
10093 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
10094 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
10095
10096 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
10097 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
10098
10099 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
10100 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
10101 line following it. */
10102 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10103 {
10104 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
10105 it.vpos = last_vpos;
10106 it.current_y = last_row->y;
10107 }
10108 else
10109 {
10110 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
10111 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
10112 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
10113 ++last_row;
10114 }
10115
10116 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
10117 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
10118 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
10119 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
10120
10121 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
10122 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10123 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10124 && !fonts_changed_p)
10125 {
10126 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
10127 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
10128 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
10129 enabled_p flag to zero. */
10130 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
10131 if (display_line (&it))
10132 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
10133 }
10134 }
10135
10136 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
10137 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10138 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
10139 && !last_text_row_at_end)
10140 {
10141 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
10142 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
10143 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
10144 scrolling. */
10145 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
10146 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
10147 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
10148 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
10149
10150 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10151 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10152 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10153 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
10154 }
10155 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
10156 {
10157 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10158 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
10159 w->window_end_bytepos
10160 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
10161 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10162 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
10163 }
10164 else if (last_text_row)
10165 {
10166 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
10167 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
10168 in the desired matrix. */
10169 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10170 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10171 w->window_end_bytepos
10172 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10173 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10174 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
10175 }
10176 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10177 && last_text_row == NULL
10178 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
10179 {
10180 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
10181 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
10182 int vpos;
10183 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
10184
10185 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
10186 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10187 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
10188 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10189 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
10190 break;
10191
10192 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
10193 }
10194 else
10195 abort ();
10196
10197 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10198 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10199
10200 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
10201 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10202 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10203 return 1;
10204 }
10205
10206
10207 \f
10208 /***********************************************************************
10209 More debugging support
10210 ***********************************************************************/
10211
10212 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10213
10214 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
10215 static void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
10216
10217
10218 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr. If
10219 WITH_GLYPHS_P is non-zero, dump glyph contents as well. */
10220
10221 void
10222 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, with_glyphs_p)
10223 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10224 int with_glyphs_p;
10225 {
10226 int i;
10227 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
10228 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, with_glyphs_p);
10229 }
10230
10231
10232 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
10233 WITH_GLYPH_SP non-zero means dump glyph contents, too. */
10234
10235 void
10236 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, with_glyphs_p)
10237 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10238 int vpos, with_glyphs_p;
10239 {
10240 struct glyph_row *row;
10241
10242 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
10243 return;
10244
10245 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
10246
10247 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZF X Y W\n");
10248 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10249
10250 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d\n",
10251 row - matrix->rows,
10252 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
10253 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
10254 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
10255 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
10256 row->enabled_p,
10257 row->inverse_p,
10258 row->truncated_on_left_p,
10259 row->truncated_on_right_p,
10260 row->overlay_arrow_p,
10261 row->continued_p,
10262 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
10263 row->displays_text_p,
10264 row->ends_at_zv_p,
10265 row->fill_line_p,
10266 row->x,
10267 row->y,
10268 row->pixel_width);
10269 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
10270 row->end.overlay_string_index);
10271 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
10272 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
10273 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
10274 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
10275 row->end.dpvec_index);
10276
10277 if (with_glyphs_p)
10278 {
10279 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
10280 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
10281
10282 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10283 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10284
10285 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
10286 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
10287 ++glyph_end;
10288
10289 if (glyph < glyph_end)
10290 {
10291 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos W Code C Face LR\n");
10292 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
10293 }
10294 else
10295 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
10296
10297 while (glyph < glyph_end)
10298 {
10299 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
10300 {
10301 fprintf (stderr,
10302 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10303 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10304 'C',
10305 glyph->charpos,
10306 glyph->pixel_width,
10307 glyph->u.ch.code,
10308 (glyph->u.ch.code < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch.code >= ' '
10309 ? glyph->u.ch.code
10310 : '.'),
10311 glyph->u.ch.face_id,
10312 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10313 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10314 }
10315 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
10316 {
10317 fprintf (stderr,
10318 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10319 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10320 'S',
10321 glyph->charpos,
10322 glyph->pixel_width,
10323 0,
10324 '.',
10325 glyph->u.stretch.face_id,
10326 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10327 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10328 }
10329 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
10330 {
10331 fprintf (stderr,
10332 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10333 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10334 'I',
10335 glyph->charpos,
10336 glyph->pixel_width,
10337 glyph->u.img.id,
10338 '.',
10339 glyph->u.img.face_id,
10340 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10341 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10342 }
10343 ++glyph;
10344 }
10345 }
10346 }
10347
10348
10349 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
10350 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
10351 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
10352 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil optional\n\
10353 parameter WITH-GLYPHS-P, dump glyphs as well.")
10354 (with_glyphs_p)
10355 {
10356 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
10357 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10358
10359 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
10360 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
10361 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
10362 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
10363 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10364 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix, !NILP (with_glyphs_p));
10365 return Qnil;
10366 }
10367
10368
10369 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 1, "",
10370 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.")
10371 (row)
10372 Lisp_Object row;
10373 {
10374 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
10375 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix, XINT (row), 1);
10376 return Qnil;
10377 }
10378
10379
10380 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
10381 0, 0, "", "")
10382 ()
10383 {
10384 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (selected_frame->tool_bar_window)
10385 ->current_matrix);
10386 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
10387 return Qnil;
10388 }
10389
10390
10391 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
10392 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
10393 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
10394 ()
10395 {
10396 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
10397 return Qnil;
10398 }
10399
10400
10401 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
10402
10403
10404 \f
10405 /***********************************************************************
10406 Building Desired Matrix Rows
10407 ***********************************************************************/
10408
10409 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
10410 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
10411
10412 static struct glyph_row *
10413 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
10414 struct window *w;
10415 {
10416 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10417 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10418 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
10419 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
10420 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
10421 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
10422 unsigned char *p;
10423 struct it it;
10424 int multibyte_p;
10425 int n_glyphs_before;
10426
10427 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
10428 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10429 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10430 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
10431
10432 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
10433 p = arrow_string;
10434 while (p < arrow_end)
10435 {
10436 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
10437
10438 /* Get the next character. */
10439 if (multibyte_p)
10440 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
10441 else
10442 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
10443 p += it.len;
10444
10445 /* Get its face. */
10446 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
10447 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
10448 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
10449
10450 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
10451 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10452 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
10453 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
10454
10455 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
10456 to remove some glyphs. */
10457 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
10458 {
10459 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
10460 break;
10461 }
10462 }
10463
10464 set_buffer_temp (old);
10465 return it.glyph_row;
10466 }
10467
10468
10469 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
10470 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
10471 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
10472 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
10473 produce_special_glyphs. */
10474
10475 static void
10476 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
10477 struct it *it;
10478 {
10479 struct it truncate_it;
10480 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
10481
10482 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
10483
10484 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
10485 truncate_it = *it;
10486 truncate_it.charset = -1;
10487 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
10488 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10489 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
10490 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10491 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
10492 truncate_it.object = 0;
10493 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
10494
10495 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
10496 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10497 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10498 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10499 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10500
10501 while (from < end)
10502 *to++ = *from++;
10503
10504 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
10505 from = to;
10506 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
10507 ++from;
10508 while (from < toend)
10509 *to++ = *from++;
10510
10511 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10512 }
10513
10514
10515 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
10516
10517 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
10518 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
10519 structure. This is not the case if
10520
10521 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
10522 and max_height will be zero.
10523
10524 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
10525 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
10526 pixmap extensions).
10527
10528 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
10529 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
10530 must not be zero. */
10531
10532 static void
10533 compute_line_metrics (it)
10534 struct it *it;
10535 {
10536 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
10537 int area, i;
10538
10539 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10540 {
10541 int i, header_line_height;
10542
10543 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
10544 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
10545 computed yet. */
10546 if (row->height == 0)
10547 {
10548 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
10549 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
10550 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
10551 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
10552 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
10553 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
10554 }
10555
10556 /* Compute the width of this line. */
10557 row->pixel_width = row->x;
10558 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
10559 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
10560
10561 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
10562 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
10563
10564 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
10565 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
10566
10567 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
10568 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
10569 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
10570 if (row == it->w->desired_matrix->rows
10571 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
10572 {
10573 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
10574 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
10575 }
10576
10577 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
10578 row->visible_height = row->height;
10579
10580 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
10581 if (row->y < header_line_height)
10582 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
10583 else
10584 {
10585 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
10586 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10587 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
10588 }
10589 }
10590 else
10591 {
10592 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10593 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
10594 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
10595 }
10596
10597 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
10598 row->hash = 0;
10599 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
10600 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
10601 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
10602 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
10603 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
10604
10605 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
10606 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
10607 }
10608
10609
10610 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
10611 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
10612 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
10613 IT->face_id.
10614
10615 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
10616 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
10617 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
10618 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
10619
10620 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
10621 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
10622
10623 static void
10624 append_space (it, default_face_p)
10625 struct it *it;
10626 int default_face_p;
10627 {
10628 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10629 {
10630 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10631
10632 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
10633 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
10634 {
10635 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10636 int saved_x = it->current_x;
10637 struct text_pos saved_pos;
10638 int saved_what = it->what;
10639 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
10640 int saved_charset = it->charset;
10641 Lisp_Object saved_object;
10642
10643 saved_object = it->object;
10644 saved_pos = it->position;
10645
10646 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
10647 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
10648 it->object = 0;
10649 it->c = ' ';
10650 it->len = 1;
10651 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
10652
10653 if (default_face_p)
10654 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10655 if (it->multibyte_p)
10656 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
10657 else
10658 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, -1);
10659
10660 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10661
10662 it->current_x = saved_x;
10663 it->object = saved_object;
10664 it->position = saved_pos;
10665 it->what = saved_what;
10666 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
10667 it->charset = saved_charset;
10668 }
10669 }
10670 }
10671
10672
10673 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
10674 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
10675 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
10676 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
10677
10678 static void
10679 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
10680 struct it *it;
10681 {
10682 struct face *face;
10683 struct frame *f = it->f;
10684
10685 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
10686 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
10687 return;
10688
10689 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
10690 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
10691 of the frame, we haven't to do anything. */
10692 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
10693 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10694 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
10695 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
10696 && !face->stipple)
10697 return;
10698
10699 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
10700 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
10701 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
10702
10703 /* If current charset of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
10704 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
10705 get_next_display_element returns a character from a different
10706 charset. Note that the charset will always be ASCII in unibyte
10707 text. */
10708 if (it->charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
10709 {
10710 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
10711 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
10712 }
10713
10714 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10715 {
10716 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
10717 so that we know which face to draw. */
10718 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
10719 {
10720 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
10721 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].u.ch.face_id = it->face_id;
10722 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
10723 }
10724 }
10725 else
10726 {
10727 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10728 int saved_x = it->current_x;
10729 struct text_pos saved_pos;
10730 Lisp_Object saved_object;
10731 int saved_what = it->what;
10732
10733 saved_object = it->object;
10734 saved_pos = it->position;
10735
10736 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
10737 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
10738 it->object = 0;
10739 it->c = ' ';
10740 it->len = 1;
10741
10742 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10743
10744 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
10745 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10746
10747 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
10748 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
10749 it->current_x = saved_x;
10750 it->object = saved_object;
10751 it->position = saved_pos;
10752 it->what = saved_what;
10753 }
10754 }
10755
10756
10757 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
10758 trailing whitespace. */
10759
10760 static int
10761 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
10762 int charpos;
10763 {
10764 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
10765 int c = 0;
10766
10767 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
10768 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
10769 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
10770 ++bytepos;
10771
10772 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
10773 {
10774 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
10775 return 1;
10776 }
10777 return 0;
10778 }
10779
10780
10781 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
10782
10783 void
10784 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
10785 struct frame *f;
10786 struct glyph_row *row;
10787 {
10788 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10789
10790 if (used)
10791 {
10792 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10793 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
10794
10795 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
10796 cursor at the end of a line. */
10797 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10798 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' '
10799 && glyph->object == 0)
10800 --glyph;
10801
10802 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
10803 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
10804 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
10805 if (glyph >= start
10806 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
10807 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
10808 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10809 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' '))
10810 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
10811 {
10812 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace,
10813 CHARSET_ASCII);
10814
10815 while (glyph >= start
10816 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
10817 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
10818 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10819 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' ')))
10820 {
10821 if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
10822 glyph->u.stretch.face_id = face_id;
10823 else
10824 glyph->u.ch.face_id = face_id;
10825 --glyph;
10826 }
10827 }
10828 }
10829 }
10830
10831
10832 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
10833 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
10834 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
10835 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
10836 only. */
10837
10838 static int
10839 display_line (it)
10840 struct it *it;
10841 {
10842 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
10843
10844 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
10845 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
10846
10847 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
10848 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
10849 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
10850
10851 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
10852 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
10853
10854 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
10855 prepare_desired_row (row);
10856
10857 row->y = it->current_y;
10858 row->start = it->current;
10859 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
10860 row->displays_text_p = 1;
10861
10862 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
10863 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
10864 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
10865 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
10866 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
10867 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
10868
10869 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
10870 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
10871 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
10872 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
10873 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
10874 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
10875
10876 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
10877 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
10878 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
10879 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
10880 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
10881 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
10882
10883 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
10884 character to display. */
10885 while (1)
10886 {
10887 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
10888 int x, i, nglyphs;
10889
10890 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
10891 buffer reached. */
10892 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
10893 {
10894 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
10895 display the cursor there under X. */
10896 append_space (it, 1);
10897
10898 /* The position -1 below indicates a blank line not
10899 corresponding to any text, as opposed to an empty line
10900 corresponding to a line end. */
10901 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] <= 1)
10902 {
10903 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
10904 row->displays_text_p = 0;
10905
10906 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
10907 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
10908 }
10909
10910 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
10911 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
10912 break;
10913 }
10914
10915 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
10916 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
10917 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10918 x = it->current_x;
10919 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10920
10921 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
10922 the next one. */
10923 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
10924 {
10925 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
10926 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
10927 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
10928 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
10929 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
10930 set_iterator_to_next (it);
10931 continue;
10932 }
10933
10934 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
10935 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
10936 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
10937 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
10938 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
10939 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
10940 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
10941 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
10942 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
10943 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
10944 hpos_before = it->hpos;
10945 x_before = x;
10946
10947 if (nglyphs == 1
10948 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
10949 {
10950 ++it->hpos;
10951 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
10952 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
10953 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
10954 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
10955 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
10956 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
10957 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
10958 }
10959 else
10960 {
10961 int new_x;
10962 struct glyph *glyph;
10963
10964 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
10965 {
10966 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
10967 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
10968
10969 if (/* Lines are continued. */
10970 !it->truncate_lines_p
10971 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
10972 new_x > it->last_visible_x
10973 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
10974 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
10975 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
10976 {
10977 /* End of a continued line. */
10978
10979 if (it->hpos == 0
10980 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
10981 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
10982 {
10983 /* Current glyph fits exactly on the line. We
10984 must continue the line because we can't draw
10985 the cursor after the glyph. */
10986 row->continued_p = 1;
10987 it->current_x = new_x;
10988 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
10989 ++it->hpos;
10990 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
10991 set_iterator_to_next (it);
10992 }
10993 else
10994 {
10995 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
10996 the window. Restore positions to values
10997 before the element. The next line starts
10998 with current_x before the glyph that could
10999 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
11000 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
11001
11002 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
11003 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11004 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
11005 row->continued_p = 1;
11006
11007 it->current_x = x;
11008 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
11009 }
11010 break;
11011 }
11012 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
11013 {
11014 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
11015 ++it->hpos;
11016
11017 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
11018 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
11019 negative X position. */
11020 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11021 }
11022 else
11023 {
11024 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
11025 window. This should not happen because of the
11026 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
11027 this function. */
11028 abort ();
11029 }
11030 }
11031
11032 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11033 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11034 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11035 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11036 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11037
11038 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
11039 if (row->continued_p)
11040 break;
11041 }
11042
11043 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
11044 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
11045 margin of the window. */
11046 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
11047 {
11048 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11049
11050 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
11051 display the cursor there. */
11052 append_space (it, 0);
11053
11054 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
11055 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
11056
11057 /* Make sure we have the position. */
11058 if (used_before == 0)
11059 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
11060
11061 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
11062 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11063 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11064 break;
11065 }
11066
11067 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
11068 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
11069 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11070
11071 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
11072 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
11073 if (it->truncate_lines_p
11074 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
11075 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11076 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
11077 {
11078 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
11079 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11080 {
11081 --it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11082 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11083 }
11084
11085 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
11086 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11087 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
11088 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
11089 it->hpos = hpos_before;
11090 it->current_x = x_before;
11091 break;
11092 }
11093 }
11094
11095 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
11096 at the left window margin. */
11097 if (it->first_visible_x
11098 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
11099 {
11100 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11101 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
11102 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
11103 }
11104
11105 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
11106 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
11107 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
11108 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
11109 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
11110 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
11111 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11112 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
11113 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
11114 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
11115 {
11116 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
11117 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11118 {
11119 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
11120 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11121 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11122 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11123 struct glyph *p2, *end;
11124
11125 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
11126 while (glyph < arrow_end)
11127 *p++ = *glyph++;
11128
11129 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
11130 p2 = p;
11131 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11132 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
11133 ++p2;
11134 if (p2 > p)
11135 {
11136 while (p2 < end)
11137 *p++ = *p2++;
11138 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11139 }
11140 }
11141
11142 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
11143 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
11144 }
11145
11146 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
11147 compute_line_metrics (it);
11148
11149 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
11150 row->end = it->current;
11151
11152 /* Maybe set the cursor. If you change this, it's probably a good
11153 idea to also change the code in redisplay_window for cursor
11154 movement in an unchanged window. */
11155 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
11156 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11157 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) >= PT
11158 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
11159 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
11160 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
11161 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11162
11163 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
11164 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11165 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
11166
11167 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
11168 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
11169 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
11170 row to be used. */
11171 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
11172 it->current_y += row->height;
11173 ++it->vpos;
11174 ++it->glyph_row;
11175 return row->displays_text_p;
11176 }
11177
11178
11179 \f
11180 /***********************************************************************
11181 Menu Bar
11182 ***********************************************************************/
11183
11184 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
11185
11186 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
11187 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
11188
11189 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
11190 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
11191 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
11192 for the menu bar. */
11193
11194 static void
11195 display_menu_bar (w)
11196 struct window *w;
11197 {
11198 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11199 struct it it;
11200 Lisp_Object items;
11201 int i;
11202
11203 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
11204 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
11205 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
11206 return;
11207 #endif
11208 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11209 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
11210 return;
11211 #endif
11212
11213 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11214 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
11215 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
11216 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11217 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11218 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11219 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11220 {
11221 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
11222 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
11223 struct window *menu_w;
11224 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
11225 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
11226 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
11227 MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
11228 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11229 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11230 }
11231 else
11232 {
11233 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
11234 pixel x/y. */
11235 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
11236 MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
11237 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11238 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
11239 }
11240 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11241
11242 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
11243 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
11244 {
11245 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
11246 clear_glyph_row (row);
11247 row->enabled_p = 1;
11248 row->full_width_p = 1;
11249 }
11250
11251 /* Make the first line of the menu bar appear in reverse video. */
11252 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11253
11254 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
11255 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
11256 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
11257 {
11258 Lisp_Object string;
11259
11260 /* Stop at nil string. */
11261 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
11262 if (NILP (string))
11263 break;
11264
11265 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
11266 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
11267
11268 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
11269 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11270 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
11271 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
11272 }
11273
11274 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
11275 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11276 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
11277
11278 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
11279 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11280 }
11281
11282
11283 \f
11284 /***********************************************************************
11285 Mode Line
11286 ***********************************************************************/
11287
11288 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. */
11289
11290 static void
11291 display_mode_lines (w)
11292 struct window *w;
11293 {
11294 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
11295 line_number_displayed = 0;
11296 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
11297
11298 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
11299 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
11300 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
11301
11302 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
11303 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
11304 current_buffer->header_line_format);
11305 }
11306
11307
11308 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
11309 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
11310 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. */
11311
11312 static void
11313 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
11314 struct window *w;
11315 enum face_id face_id;
11316 Lisp_Object format;
11317 {
11318 struct it it;
11319 struct face *face;
11320
11321 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
11322 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
11323
11324 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
11325 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
11326 values. */
11327 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
11328 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
11329 pop_frame_kboard ();
11330
11331 /* Fill up with spaces. */
11332 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
11333
11334 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11335 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
11336 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
11337 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11338 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
11339 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
11340 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
11341
11342 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
11343 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
11344 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
11345 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
11346 {
11347 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11348 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
11349 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
11350 }
11351 }
11352
11353
11354 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
11355 translates into text depends on its data type.
11356
11357 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
11358
11359 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
11360 infinite recursion here.
11361
11362 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
11363 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
11364 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
11365 display_string for details. *
11366
11367 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
11368
11369 static int
11370 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
11371 struct it *it;
11372 int depth;
11373 int field_width, precision;
11374 Lisp_Object elt;
11375 {
11376 int n = 0, field, prec;
11377
11378 tail_recurse:
11379 if (depth > 10)
11380 goto invalid;
11381
11382 depth++;
11383
11384 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
11385 {
11386 case Lisp_String:
11387 {
11388 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
11389 unsigned char c;
11390 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
11391 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
11392
11393 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
11394 && *this
11395 && (frame_title_ptr
11396 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
11397 {
11398 unsigned char *last = this;
11399
11400 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
11401 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
11402 ;
11403
11404 if (this - 1 != last)
11405 {
11406 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
11407 is length of string. Don't output more than
11408 PRECISION allows us. */
11409 prec = --this - last;
11410 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11411 prec = precision - n;
11412
11413 if (frame_title_ptr)
11414 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
11415 else
11416 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
11417 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
11418 }
11419 else /* c == '%' */
11420 {
11421 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
11422
11423 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
11424 don't pad. */
11425 field = 0;
11426 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
11427 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
11428
11429 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
11430 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
11431 field = field_width - n;
11432
11433 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
11434 prec = precision - n;
11435
11436 if (c == 'M')
11437 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
11438 Vglobal_mode_string);
11439 else if (c != 0)
11440 {
11441 unsigned char *spec
11442 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
11443
11444 if (frame_title_ptr)
11445 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
11446 else
11447 {
11448 int nglyphs_before
11449 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11450 int charpos
11451 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
11452 int nwritten
11453 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
11454 field, prec, 0, -1);
11455
11456 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
11457 string where the `%x' came from, position
11458 of the `%'. */
11459 if (nwritten > 0)
11460 {
11461 struct glyph *glyph
11462 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11463 + nglyphs_before);
11464 int i;
11465
11466 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
11467 {
11468 glyph[i].object = elt;
11469 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
11470 }
11471
11472 n += nwritten;
11473 }
11474 }
11475 }
11476 }
11477 }
11478 }
11479 break;
11480
11481 case Lisp_Symbol:
11482 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
11483 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
11484 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
11485 literally. */
11486 {
11487 register Lisp_Object tem;
11488 tem = Fboundp (elt);
11489 if (!NILP (tem))
11490 {
11491 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
11492 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
11493 don't check for % within it. */
11494 if (STRINGP (tem))
11495 {
11496 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
11497 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11498 prec = precision - n;
11499 if (frame_title_ptr)
11500 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
11501 else
11502 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
11503 0, prec, 0, -1);
11504 }
11505 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
11506 {
11507 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
11508 elt = tem;
11509 goto tail_recurse;
11510 }
11511 }
11512 }
11513 break;
11514
11515 case Lisp_Cons:
11516 {
11517 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
11518
11519 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
11520 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
11521 and effectively concatenate them.
11522 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
11523 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
11524 to at least that many characters.
11525 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
11526 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
11527 car = XCAR (elt);
11528 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
11529 {
11530 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
11531 and use the result as mode line elements. */
11532 struct gcpro gcpro1;
11533 Lisp_Object spec;
11534
11535 spec = eval_form (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
11536 GCPRO1 (spec);
11537 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11538 precision - n, spec);
11539 UNGCPRO;
11540 }
11541 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
11542 {
11543 tem = Fboundp (car);
11544 elt = XCDR (elt);
11545 if (!CONSP (elt))
11546 goto invalid;
11547 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
11548 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
11549 if (!NILP (tem))
11550 {
11551 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
11552 if (!NILP (tem))
11553 {
11554 elt = XCAR (elt);
11555 goto tail_recurse;
11556 }
11557 }
11558 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
11559 Get the cddr of the original list
11560 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
11561 elt = XCDR (elt);
11562 if (NILP (elt))
11563 break;
11564 else if (!CONSP (elt))
11565 goto invalid;
11566 elt = XCAR (elt);
11567 goto tail_recurse;
11568 }
11569 else if (INTEGERP (car))
11570 {
11571 register int lim = XINT (car);
11572 elt = XCDR (elt);
11573 if (lim < 0)
11574 {
11575 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
11576 if (precision <= 0)
11577 precision = -lim;
11578 else
11579 precision = min (precision, -lim);
11580 }
11581 else if (lim > 0)
11582 {
11583 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
11584 current maximum. */
11585 if (precision > 0)
11586 lim = min (precision, lim);
11587
11588 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
11589 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
11590 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
11591 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
11592 }
11593 goto tail_recurse;
11594 }
11595 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
11596 {
11597 register int limit = 50;
11598 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
11599 while (CONSP (elt)
11600 && --limit > 0
11601 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
11602 {
11603 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11604 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
11605 elt = XCDR (elt);
11606 }
11607 }
11608 }
11609 break;
11610
11611 default:
11612 invalid:
11613 if (frame_title_ptr)
11614 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
11615 else
11616 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
11617 precision - n, 0, 0);
11618 return n;
11619 }
11620
11621 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
11622 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
11623 {
11624 if (frame_title_ptr)
11625 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
11626 else
11627 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
11628 0, 0, 0);
11629 }
11630
11631 return n;
11632 }
11633
11634
11635 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
11636 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
11637
11638 static void
11639 pint2str (buf, width, d)
11640 register char *buf;
11641 register int width;
11642 register int d;
11643 {
11644 register char *p = buf;
11645
11646 if (d <= 0)
11647 *p++ = '0';
11648 else
11649 {
11650 while (d > 0)
11651 {
11652 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
11653 d /= 10;
11654 }
11655 }
11656
11657 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
11658 *p++ = ' ';
11659 *p-- = '\0';
11660 while (p > buf)
11661 {
11662 d = *buf;
11663 *buf++ = *p;
11664 *p-- = d;
11665 }
11666 }
11667
11668 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
11669 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
11670 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
11671
11672 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
11673
11674 static char *
11675 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
11676 Lisp_Object coding_system;
11677 register char *buf;
11678 int eol_flag;
11679 {
11680 Lisp_Object val;
11681 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11682 unsigned char *eol_str;
11683 int eol_str_len;
11684 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
11685 Lisp_Object eoltype;
11686
11687 val = coding_system;
11688
11689 if (NILP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
11690 {
11691 if (multibyte)
11692 *buf++ = '-';
11693 if (eol_flag)
11694 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11695 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
11696 }
11697 else
11698 {
11699 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
11700
11701 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
11702
11703 while (!NILP (val) && SYMBOLP (val))
11704 {
11705 val = Fget (val, Qcoding_system);
11706 if (NILP (eolvalue))
11707 eolvalue = Fget (val, Qeol_type);
11708 }
11709
11710 if (multibyte)
11711 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
11712
11713 if (eol_flag)
11714 {
11715 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
11716
11717 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
11718 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11719 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
11720 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11721 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
11722 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
11723 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
11724 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
11725 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
11726 }
11727 }
11728
11729 if (eol_flag)
11730 {
11731 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
11732 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
11733 {
11734 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
11735 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
11736 }
11737 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
11738 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
11739 {
11740 unsigned char work[4];
11741
11742 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), work, eol_str);
11743 }
11744 else
11745 {
11746 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
11747 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
11748 }
11749 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
11750 buf += eol_str_len;
11751 }
11752
11753 return buf;
11754 }
11755
11756 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
11757 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
11758 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
11759 string returned with spaces to that value. */
11760
11761 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
11762
11763 static char *
11764 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
11765 struct window *w;
11766 register char c;
11767 int field_width, precision;
11768 {
11769 Lisp_Object obj;
11770 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11771 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
11772 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11773
11774 obj = Qnil;
11775
11776 switch (c)
11777 {
11778 case '*':
11779 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
11780 return "%";
11781 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11782 return "*";
11783 return "-";
11784
11785 case '+':
11786 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
11787 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11788 return "*";
11789 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
11790 return "%";
11791 return "-";
11792
11793 case '&':
11794 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
11795 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11796 return "*";
11797 return "-";
11798
11799 case '%':
11800 return "%";
11801
11802 case '[':
11803 {
11804 int i;
11805 char *p;
11806
11807 if (command_loop_level > 5)
11808 return "[[[... ";
11809 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11810 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
11811 *p++ = '[';
11812 *p = 0;
11813 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11814 }
11815
11816 case ']':
11817 {
11818 int i;
11819 char *p;
11820
11821 if (command_loop_level > 5)
11822 return " ...]]]";
11823 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11824 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
11825 *p++ = ']';
11826 *p = 0;
11827 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11828 }
11829
11830 case '-':
11831 {
11832 register int i;
11833
11834 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
11835 if (field_width <= 0
11836 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
11837 {
11838 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
11839 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
11840 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
11841 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11842 }
11843 else
11844 return lots_of_dashes;
11845 }
11846
11847 case 'b':
11848 obj = b->name;
11849 break;
11850
11851 case 'c':
11852 {
11853 int col = current_column ();
11854 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
11855 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
11856 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11857 }
11858
11859 case 'F':
11860 /* %F displays the frame name. */
11861 if (!NILP (f->title))
11862 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
11863 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11864 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
11865 return "Emacs";
11866
11867 case 'f':
11868 obj = b->filename;
11869 break;
11870
11871 case 'l':
11872 {
11873 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
11874 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
11875 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
11876 int nlines, junk;
11877 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
11878
11879 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
11880 don't forget that too fast. */
11881 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
11882 goto no_value;
11883 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
11884 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
11885 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
11886
11887 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
11888 if (BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > line_number_display_limit)
11889 {
11890 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
11891 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
11892 goto no_value;
11893 }
11894
11895 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
11896 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
11897 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
11898 {
11899 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
11900 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
11901 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
11902 }
11903 else
11904 {
11905 line = 1;
11906 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
11907 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
11908 }
11909
11910 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
11911 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
11912 startpos_byte,
11913 startpos, &junk);
11914
11915 topline = nlines + line;
11916
11917 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
11918 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
11919 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
11920 go back past it. */
11921 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
11922 {
11923 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
11924 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
11925 }
11926 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
11927 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
11928 {
11929 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
11930 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
11931 int position;
11932 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
11933
11934 if (startpos - distance > limit)
11935 {
11936 limit = startpos - distance;
11937 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
11938 }
11939
11940 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
11941 limit_byte,
11942 - (height * 2 + 30),
11943 &position);
11944 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
11945 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
11946 give up on line numbers for this window. */
11947 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
11948 {
11949 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
11950 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
11951 goto no_value;
11952 }
11953
11954 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
11955 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
11956 }
11957
11958 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
11959 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
11960 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
11961
11962 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
11963 line_number_displayed = 1;
11964
11965 /* Make the string to show. */
11966 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
11967 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11968 no_value:
11969 {
11970 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11971 int pad = field_width - 2;
11972 while (pad-- > 0)
11973 *p++ = ' ';
11974 *p++ = '?';
11975 *p = '?';
11976 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11977 }
11978 }
11979 break;
11980
11981 case 'm':
11982 obj = b->mode_name;
11983 break;
11984
11985 case 'n':
11986 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
11987 return " Narrow";
11988 break;
11989
11990 case 'p':
11991 {
11992 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
11993 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
11994
11995 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
11996 {
11997 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
11998 return "All";
11999 else
12000 return "Bottom";
12001 }
12002 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12003 return "Top";
12004 else
12005 {
12006 if (total > 1000000)
12007 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12008 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12009 else
12010 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12011 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12012 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12013 if (total == 100)
12014 total = 99;
12015 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12016 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12017 }
12018 }
12019
12020 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
12021 case 'P':
12022 {
12023 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
12024 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
12025 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12026
12027 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
12028 {
12029 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12030 return "All";
12031 else
12032 return "Bottom";
12033 }
12034 else
12035 {
12036 if (total > 1000000)
12037 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12038 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12039 else
12040 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12041 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12042 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12043 if (total == 100)
12044 total = 99;
12045 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12046 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
12047 else
12048 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12049 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12050 }
12051 }
12052
12053 case 's':
12054 /* status of process */
12055 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
12056 if (NILP (obj))
12057 return "no process";
12058 #ifdef subprocesses
12059 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
12060 #endif
12061 break;
12062
12063 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
12064 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
12065 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
12066 #else
12067 return "T";
12068 #endif
12069
12070 case 'z':
12071 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
12072 case 'Z':
12073 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
12074 {
12075 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
12076 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12077
12078 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12079 {
12080 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
12081 to do EOL conversion. */
12082 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12083 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12084 }
12085 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
12086 p, eol_flag);
12087
12088 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
12089 #ifdef subprocesses
12090 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
12091 if (PROCESSP (obj))
12092 {
12093 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
12094 p, eol_flag);
12095 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
12096 p, eol_flag);
12097 }
12098 #endif /* subprocesses */
12099 #endif /* 0 */
12100 *p = 0;
12101 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12102 }
12103 }
12104
12105 if (STRINGP (obj))
12106 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
12107 else
12108 return "";
12109 }
12110
12111
12112 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
12113 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
12114 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
12115
12116 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
12117
12118 static int
12119 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
12120 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
12121 int *byte_pos_ptr;
12122 {
12123 register unsigned char *cursor;
12124 unsigned char *base;
12125
12126 register int ceiling;
12127 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
12128 int orig_count = count;
12129
12130 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
12131 check only for newlines. */
12132 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
12133 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
12134
12135 if (count > 0)
12136 {
12137 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
12138 {
12139 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
12140 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
12141 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
12142 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
12143 while (1)
12144 {
12145 if (selective_display)
12146 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12147 ;
12148 else
12149 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12150 ;
12151
12152 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12153 {
12154 if (--count == 0)
12155 {
12156 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12157 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12158 return orig_count;
12159 }
12160 else
12161 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
12162 break;
12163 }
12164 else
12165 break;
12166 }
12167 start_byte += cursor - base;
12168 }
12169 }
12170 else
12171 {
12172 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
12173 {
12174 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
12175 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
12176 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
12177 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
12178 while (1)
12179 {
12180 if (selective_display)
12181 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
12182 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
12183 ;
12184 else
12185 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
12186 ;
12187
12188 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12189 {
12190 if (++count == 0)
12191 {
12192 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12193 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12194 /* When scanning backwards, we should
12195 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
12196 return - orig_count - 1;
12197 }
12198 }
12199 else
12200 break;
12201 }
12202 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
12203 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
12204 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12205 }
12206 }
12207
12208 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
12209
12210 if (count < 0)
12211 return - orig_count + count;
12212 return orig_count - count;
12213
12214 }
12215
12216
12217 \f
12218 /***********************************************************************
12219 Displaying strings
12220 ***********************************************************************/
12221
12222 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
12223
12224 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
12225 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
12226
12227 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
12228 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
12229 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
12230
12231 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
12232 standard display table, temporarily.
12233
12234 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
12235 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
12236 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
12237 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
12238
12239 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
12240 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
12241
12242 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
12243
12244 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
12245 ----------------------------------------
12246 -1 -1 %s
12247 -1 10 %.10s
12248 10 -1 %10s
12249 20 10 %20.10s
12250
12251 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
12252 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
12253 enable_multibyte_characters.
12254
12255 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
12256
12257 static int
12258 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
12259 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
12260 unsigned char *string;
12261 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
12262 int start;
12263 struct it *it;
12264 int field_width, precision, max_x;
12265 int multibyte;
12266 {
12267 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
12268 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12269 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12270
12271 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
12272 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
12273 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
12274 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
12275 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
12276 precision, field_width, multibyte);
12277
12278 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
12279 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
12280 if (STRINGP (face_string))
12281 {
12282 int endptr;
12283 struct face *face;
12284
12285 it->face_id
12286 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
12287 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
12288 it->region_end_charpos,
12289 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
12290 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
12291 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
12292 }
12293
12294 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
12295 beyond the right edge of the window. */
12296 if (max_x <= 0)
12297 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
12298 else
12299 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
12300
12301 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
12302 hscrolled. */
12303 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12304 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
12305 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12306
12307 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12308 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12309 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12310 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12311
12312 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
12313 past last_visible_x. */
12314 while (it->current_x < max_x)
12315 {
12316 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
12317
12318 /* Get the next display element. */
12319 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12320 break;
12321
12322 /* Produce glyphs. */
12323 x_before = it->current_x;
12324 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12325 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12326
12327 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12328 i = 0;
12329 x = x_before;
12330 while (i < nglyphs)
12331 {
12332 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12333
12334 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
12335 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
12336 {
12337 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
12338 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12339 it->current_x = x;
12340 break;
12341 }
12342 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
12343 {
12344 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
12345 ++it->hpos;
12346 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12347 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12348 }
12349 else
12350 {
12351 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
12352 Should not happen. */
12353 abort ();
12354 }
12355
12356 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12357 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12358 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12359 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12360 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12361 x += glyph->pixel_width;
12362 ++i;
12363 }
12364
12365 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
12366 if (i < nglyphs)
12367 break;
12368
12369 /* Stop at line ends. */
12370 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12371 {
12372 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12373 break;
12374 }
12375
12376 set_iterator_to_next (it);
12377
12378 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
12379 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12380 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12381 {
12382 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
12383 truncated at a padding space. */
12384 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
12385 {
12386 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12387 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12388 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12389 }
12390 break;
12391 }
12392 }
12393
12394 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
12395 if (it->first_visible_x
12396 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
12397 {
12398 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12399 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12400 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12401 }
12402
12403 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12404
12405 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
12406 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
12407 }
12408
12409
12410 \f
12411 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
12412 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
12413 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
12414 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
12415 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12416
12417 int
12418 invisible_p (propval, list)
12419 register Lisp_Object propval;
12420 Lisp_Object list;
12421 {
12422 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12423 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12424 {
12425 register Lisp_Object tem;
12426 tem = XCAR (tail);
12427 if (EQ (propval, tem))
12428 return 1;
12429 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12430 return 1;
12431 }
12432 if (CONSP (propval))
12433 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail);
12434 proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12435 {
12436 Lisp_Object propelt;
12437 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12438 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12439 {
12440 register Lisp_Object tem;
12441 tem = XCAR (tail);
12442 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
12443 return 1;
12444 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12445 return 1;
12446 }
12447 }
12448 return 0;
12449 }
12450
12451
12452 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
12453 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
12454 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
12455 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
12456 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12457
12458 int
12459 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
12460 register Lisp_Object propval;
12461 Lisp_Object list;
12462 {
12463 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12464
12465 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12466 {
12467 register Lisp_Object tem;
12468 tem = XCAR (tail);
12469 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12470 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12471 }
12472
12473 if (CONSP (propval))
12474 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12475 {
12476 Lisp_Object propelt;
12477 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12478 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12479 {
12480 register Lisp_Object tem;
12481 tem = XCAR (tail);
12482 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12483 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12484 }
12485 }
12486
12487 return 0;
12488 }
12489
12490
12491 \f
12492 /***********************************************************************
12493 Initialization
12494 ***********************************************************************/
12495
12496 void
12497 syms_of_xdisp ()
12498 {
12499 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
12500 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
12501
12502 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
12503 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
12504
12505 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
12506 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
12507
12508 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12509 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
12510 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
12511 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
12512 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
12513 #endif
12514
12515 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
12516 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
12517
12518 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
12519 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
12520
12521 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
12522 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
12523
12524 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
12525 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
12526
12527 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
12528 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
12529
12530 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
12531 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
12532
12533 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
12534 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
12535 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
12536 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
12537 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
12538 Qheight = intern ("height");
12539 staticpro (&Qheight);
12540 Qraise = intern ("raise");
12541 staticpro (&Qraise);
12542 Qspace = intern ("space");
12543 staticpro (&Qspace);
12544 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
12545 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
12546 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
12547 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
12548 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
12549 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
12550 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
12551 Qwidth = intern ("width");
12552 staticpro (&Qwidth);
12553 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
12554 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
12555 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
12556 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
12557 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
12558 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
12559 QCeval = intern (":eval");
12560 staticpro (&QCeval);
12561 QCwhen = intern (":when");
12562 staticpro (&QCwhen);
12563 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
12564 staticpro (&Qfontified);
12565 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
12566 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
12567 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
12568 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
12569 Qimage = intern ("image");
12570 staticpro (&Qimage);
12571
12572 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
12573 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
12574 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
12575 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
12576
12577 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12578 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
12579 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
12580
12581 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12582 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
12583 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
12584
12585 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
12586 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
12587 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
12588 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
12589
12590 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
12591 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
12592 This is used for internal purposes.");
12593 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
12594
12595 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
12596 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
12597 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
12598
12599 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
12600 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
12601 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
12602 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
12603 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
12604
12605 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
12606 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
12607 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
12608
12609 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
12610 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
12611 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
12612 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.");
12613
12614 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
12615 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.");
12616 scroll_conservatively = 0;
12617
12618 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
12619 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
12620 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
12621 of the top or bottom of the window.");
12622 scroll_margin = 0;
12623
12624 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12625 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
12626 #endif
12627
12628 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
12629 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
12630 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
12631 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
12632
12633 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
12634 "*Non-nil means use inverse video for the mode line.");
12635 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
12636
12637 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit", &line_number_display_limit,
12638 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
12639 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
12640 in the mode line.");
12641 line_number_display_limit = 1000000;
12642
12643 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width", &line_number_display_limit_width,
12644 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
12645 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
12646 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
12647 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
12648
12649 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
12650 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
12651 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
12652
12653 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
12654 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
12655 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
12656 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
12657 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
12658
12659 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
12660 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
12661 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12662 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12663 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12664 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12665 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
12666 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
12667 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12668 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12669 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12670 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12671 Vicon_title_format
12672 = Vframe_title_format
12673 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
12674 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
12675 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
12676 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
12677 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
12678 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
12679 Qnil)))),
12680 Qnil)));
12681
12682 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
12683 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
12684 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
12685 the buffer when it becomes large.");
12686 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
12687
12688 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
12689 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
12690 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
12691 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
12692 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
12693 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
12694 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
12695
12696 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
12697 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
12698 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
12699 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
12700 is not valid when these functions are called.");
12701 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
12702
12703 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
12704 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
12705 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
12706 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
12707 otherwise.");
12708 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
12709
12710 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
12711 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
12712 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
12713
12714 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
12715 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
12716 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
12717
12718 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
12719 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
12720 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
12721
12722 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
12723 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
12724 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
12725 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
12726 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
12727 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
12728 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
12729 Fmake_local_variable (Qfontification_functions);
12730
12731 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
12732 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
12733 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
12734 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
12735 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
12736 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
12737 displayed according to the current fontset.");
12738 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
12739
12740 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
12741 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
12742 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
12743 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.\n\
12744 If nil, don't resize.");
12745 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
12746 }
12747
12748
12749 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
12750
12751 void
12752 init_xdisp ()
12753 {
12754 Lisp_Object root_window;
12755 struct window *mini_w;
12756
12757 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
12758
12759 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
12760 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
12761
12762 if (!noninteractive)
12763 {
12764 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
12765 int i;
12766
12767 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
12768 set_window_height (root_window,
12769 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
12770 0);
12771 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
12772 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
12773
12774 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
12775 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
12776
12777 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
12778 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
12779 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
12780
12781 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
12782 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
12783 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
12784 }
12785
12786 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12787 {
12788 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
12789 int size = 100;
12790 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
12791 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
12792 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
12793 }
12794 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
12795 }
12796
12797